Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 293

FONST 5000 U Series

Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment

Hardware Description
Version: 01

Code: MN000002059G

FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

January 2022
Copyright © FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.

No part of this document (including the electronic version) may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by
any means without prior written permission from FiberHome.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other FiberHome trademarks are trademarks of FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies


Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

General Disclaimer

All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within your purchase
scope or usage scope. In case of inconsistency, the contract shall prevail.

The information in this document may contain predictive statements. Actual results may differ materially from
those expressed or implied in predictive statements due to numerous factors. Therefore, such information is
provided for reference purpose only and constitutes neither an offer nor an acceptance.

Information in this document is subject to change without notice due to upgrade or other needs.

FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: No.6, Gaoxinsilu, High-Tech Development Zone, Wuhan, Hubei Province, P. R. China
Postcode: 430205
Website: http://www.fiberhome.com
Tel: +86 800-8800787; +86 400-8890787
Preface

This document introduces the hardware structure of the FONST 5000 U series. They are a
series of packet optical transport equipment based on a unified switching platform. The
document covers the structure, functions, signal flow, specifications and technical
parameters of cabinets, subracks, cards and cables.

This document is intended for marketing engineers, system engineers, technical support
engineers and maintenance engineers.

Symbol Conventions

Symbol Convention Description

Note Important features or operation guide.

Possible injury to persons or systems, or cause traffic


Caution
interruption or loss.

Warning May cause severe bodily injuries.

Version

Version Description
01 Initial version
Contents

1 Cabinet...........................................................................................................1

1.1 Cabinets.............................................................................................1

1.2 Equipment Layout...............................................................................2

1.2.1 FONST 5000 U60 .................................................................2


1.2.2 FONST 5000 U40 .................................................................4
1.2.3 FONST 5000 U30 .................................................................5
1.2.4 FONST 5000 U20 .................................................................6
1.2.5 FONST 5000 U10 .................................................................8
1.2.6 FONST 5000 U10E............................................................. 10
1.2.7 FONST 5000 U20E............................................................. 12

2 Subrack........................................................................................................ 15

2.1 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ .......................................................................... 15

2.1.1 Appearance and Specifications.............................................. 16


2.1.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots.................................................. 17
2.1.3 Heat Dissipation Mode......................................................... 18

2.2 FONST 5000 U60 ............................................................................. 20

2.2.1 Appearance and Specification ............................................... 20


2.2.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots.................................................. 21
2.2.3 Heat Dissipation Mode......................................................... 23

2.3 FONST 5000 U40 ............................................................................. 25

2.3.1 Appearance and Specification ............................................... 26


2.3.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots.................................................. 27
2.3.3 Heat Dissipation Mode......................................................... 28

2.4 FONST 5000 U30 ............................................................................. 30

2.4.1 Appearance and Specification ............................................... 30


2.4.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots.................................................. 31
2.4.3 Heat Dissipation Mode......................................................... 32

2.5 FONST 5000 U20 ............................................................................. 34

2.5.1 Appearance and Specification ............................................... 35


2.5.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots.................................................. 36
2.5.3 Heat Dissipation Mode......................................................... 37

2.6 FONST 5000 U10 ............................................................................. 38

2.6.1 Appearance and Specification ............................................... 39


2.6.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots.................................................. 39
2.6.3 Heat Dissipation Mode......................................................... 40

2.7 FONST 5000 U10E........................................................................... 41

2.7.1 Appearance and Specification ............................................... 42


2.7.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots.................................................. 42
2.7.3 Heat Dissipation Mode......................................................... 43

2.8 FONST 5000 U20E........................................................................... 44

2.8.1 Appearance and Specification ............................................... 45


2.8.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots.................................................. 46
2.8.3 Heat Dissipation Mode......................................................... 47

2.9 Fan Units ......................................................................................... 49

3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces .......................................................... 53

3.1 Overview of Management and Auxiliary Interfaces................................ 53

3.2 Network Management Cards in the Electrical-Layer Subrack .................. 53

3.2.1 CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ).................................................. 54


3.2.2 CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)...................................... 56
3.2.3 CCU (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)........................................ 60

3.3 Auxiliary Terminal Boards ................................................................. 63

3.3.1 AIF (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) ................................................... 63


3.3.2 AIF (U60) .......................................................................... 64
3.3.3 AIF (U40) .......................................................................... 66
3.3.4 AIF (U30 / U20 / U20E) ...................................................... 67

3.4 Management and Auxiliary Cables ...................................................... 69

3.4.1 Straight-Through Cable........................................................ 70


3.4.2 Clock Cable ....................................................................... 72
3.4.3 Time Cable......................................................................... 74
3.4.4 Signal Cable....................................................................... 74
3.4.5 The f Interface Cable ........................................................... 76
3.4.6 The f Interface Cable ........................................................... 77
3.4.7 Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet.............................. 78
3.4.8 Subrack Alarm Cable........................................................... 79

4 Power Supply ............................................................................................... 81

4.1 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ............................................. 81

4.1.1 PWR (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) ................................................. 81


4.1.2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack Power Cable ............................. 83
4.1.3 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Protection Earth Ground Cable ................ 88

4.2 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60................................................ 88

4.2.1 PWR (U60) ........................................................................ 89


4.2.2 FONST 5000 U60 Subrack Power Cable ................................ 91
4.2.3 PDP .................................................................................. 91
4.2.4 PDP Power Cable................................................................ 92
4.2.5 FONST 5000 U60 Protection Earth Ground Cable ................... 92

4.3 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 ..................... 92

4.3.1 PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) .............................................. 93


4.3.2 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Subrack Power Cable...... 95
4.3.3 PDP .................................................................................. 96
4.3.4 PDP Power Cable................................................................ 96
4.3.5 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Protection Earth Ground
Cable................................................................................. 96

4.4 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U20E / U10E................................... 97

4.4.1 PWR (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E) ....................................... 97


4.4.2 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Subrack Power Cable ................... 99
4.4.3 PDP ................................................................................ 100
4.4.4 PDP Power Cable.............................................................. 100
4.4.5 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Protection Earth Ground Cable .... 101

4.5 PDP .............................................................................................. 101

4.5.1 PDP (3000068) ................................................................. 101


4.5.2 PDP (3000064) ................................................................. 107
4.5.3 PDP (3000082) ................................................................. 119

4.6 PDP Power Cable............................................................................ 123

4.6.1 PDP Power Cable.............................................................. 124


4.6.2 PDP Power Cable.............................................................. 125
4.6.3 PDP Power Cable.............................................................. 126
4.6.4 PDP Power Cable.............................................................. 126
4.6.5 PDP Power Cable.............................................................. 127
4.6.6 PDP Power Cable.............................................................. 128

4.7 Protection Earth Ground Cable.......................................................... 129

4.7.1 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable ............................... 129


4.7.2 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable ................................ 130
4.7.3 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable ................................ 131
4.7.4 PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable .................................... 132
4.7.5 Protection Earth Ground Cable............................................ 133
4.7.6 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable ............................... 133
4.7.7 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable ................................ 134

5 Electrical-Layer Cards ................................................................................ 136

5.1 Tributary Cards............................................................................... 136

5.1.1 Overview of Tributary Cards .............................................. 136


5.1.2 xTN1............................................................................... 137
5.1.3 16TN1 (2202772) ............................................................. 141
5.1.4 xTN2............................................................................... 145
5.1.5 20TP2 ............................................................................. 149
5.1.6 xTN3............................................................................... 153
5.1.7 xTN4............................................................................... 156
5.1.8 16VS1 ............................................................................. 161
5.1.9 16TE2 ............................................................................. 166
5.1.10 12TN2G .......................................................................... 170
5.1.11 xTN4G ............................................................................ 175
5.1.12 20PP2.............................................................................. 179
5.1.13 2PP4 ............................................................................... 182
5.1.14 1TNC2 ............................................................................ 185
5.1.15 2TNC2 ............................................................................ 189
5.1.16 10TN50 ........................................................................... 192

5.2 Line Cards ..................................................................................... 196

5.2.1 Overview of Line Cards ..................................................... 196


5.2.2 xLN2............................................................................... 198
5.2.3 12LU2............................................................................. 202
5.2.4 xLN4............................................................................... 206
5.2.5 xLU4............................................................................... 210
5.2.6 xLNC2 ............................................................................ 215
5.2.7 1LNC4 ............................................................................ 220
5.2.8 1LN4C2 .......................................................................... 224
5.2.9 1LUC2 ............................................................................ 228
5.2.10 10IL2 .............................................................................. 232
5.2.11 BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP .............................................. 236

5.3 Cross-Connect Cards ....................................................................... 239

5.3.1 UXU2 ............................................................................. 239


5.3.2 LUXU ............................................................................. 244
5.3.3 UXU3 ............................................................................. 247

6 System Auxiliary Components.................................................................... 252

6.1 DCM............................................................................................. 252

6.2 Fiber Jumpers ................................................................................. 253

7 Optical Modules ......................................................................................... 255

7.1 Specifications of the Client-Side Optical Modules................................ 255

7.2 Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module ................................... 274


1 Cabinet

This chapter introduces the cabinets used by the FONST 5000 U series.

1.1 Cabinets

This section introduces all the cabinets used by the FONST 5000 U series.

Table 1-1 Cabinet Appearance

21-inch 680 mm-


21-inch 340 mm-deep 19-inch 600 mm-deep
deep Cabinet
Cabinet (Installed with FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Cabinet (Installed with
Name (Installed with
Rear Vertical Mounting Integrated Cabinet Front Vertical Mounting
Middle Vertical
Flanges) Flanges)
Mounting Flanges)

Appearance

FONST 5000 U10 FONST 5000 U10


FONST 5000 U20 FONST 5000 U20
Applicable
FONST 5000 U30 FONST 5000 U30 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ FONST 5000 U20E
subrack
FONST 5000 U10E FONST 5000 U40
FONST 5000 U20E FONST 5000 U60
Note 1: With the PDP function integrated with power cards, the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ can be electrified after its external power
connectors are directly connected with power cards.

Version: 01 1
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 1-2 Cabinet Specifications

Cabinet Model Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm)


404000282 1600 × 600 × 340
21-inch 340 mm-deep cabinet (installed with rear vertical 404000283 2000 × 600 × 340
mounting flanges) 404000284 2200 × 600 × 340
404000285 2600 × 600 × 340
404000305 1600 × 600 × 680
21-inch 680 mm-deep cabinet (installed with middle 404000306 2000 × 600 × 680
vertical mounting flanges) 404000307 2200 × 600 × 680
404000308 2600 × 600 × 680
FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ integrated cabinet N/A 2200 × 600 × 680
4102597 2000 × 600 × 600
19-inch 600 mm-deep cabinet (installed with front
4102598 2200 × 600 × 600
vertical mounting flanges)
4102599 2600 × 600 × 600
Note 1: 1U = 44.45 mm

1.2 Equipment Layout

This section introduces the equipment layout of the FONST 5000 U series.

1.2.1 FONST 5000 U60

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements during
layout planning.

u The "Empty" parts in the figures below are reserved for air cooling and should not be
occupied.

u Install the subracks first and then the air deflector units.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term basis, and
should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the COTP
subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment layout figure).

2 Version: 01
1 Cabinet

Figure 1-1 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U60 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

Version: 01 3
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-2 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U60 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet
(Including Air Deflector Units)

1.2.2 FONST 5000 U40

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements during
layout planning.

u The "Empty" parts in the figure below are reserved for air cooling and should not be
occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term basis, and
should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install subracks from the top down.

u When all COTP subracks are installed with optical-layer cards, use the PDP 3000082-
2BB. Otherwise, use the PDP 3000082-2BA.

4 Version: 01
1 Cabinet

u In a 2200 mm-high and 680 mm-deep cabinet, configure one COTP subrack at the
front and rear sides respectively for each U40 subrack, in which case DCM modules
should not be used. When the COTP subracks 1 and 2 are configured with cards of
100G rate or beyond, the environmental temperature should be lower than 35℃ in a
long term, and should not exceed 40℃ in a short term.

Figure 1-3 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U40 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

1.2.3 FONST 5000 U30

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements during
layout planning.

u The empty spaces in the figure below are reserved for air cooling, and should not be
occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term basis, and
should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install subracks from the top down.

Version: 01 5
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-4 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U30 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

1.2.4 FONST 5000 U20

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements during
layout planning.

u The "Empty" parts in the figures below are reserved for air cooling and should not be
occupied.

u Install the subracks first and then the air deflector units, and lay out the wires and
cables.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term basis, and
should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the COTP
subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment layout figure).

6 Version: 01
1 Cabinet

u In a 2200 mm-high and 340 mm-deep cabinet, configure one COTP subrack for each
U20 subrack, in which case DCM modules should not be used. When a COTP subrack
is configured with any card of 100G rate or beyond, the environmental temperature
should be lower than 35℃ in a long term, and should not exceed 40℃ in a short term.

u In a 2200 mm-high and 680mm-deep cabinet, configure three COTP subracks for each
U20 subrack, in which case DCM modules should not be used. The temperature
should be lower than 35℃ for long-term operations and should not exceed 40℃ for
short-term operations.

Figure 1-5 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

Version: 01 7
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-6 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet
(Including Air Deflector Units)

1.2.5 FONST 5000 U10

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements during
layout planning.

u The Empty parts in the figure below are reserved for air cooling, and should not be
occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term basis, and
should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install the subracks first and then the air deflector units.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the COTP
subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment layout figure).

8 Version: 01
1 Cabinet

Figure 1-7 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U10 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

Figure 1-8 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U10 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet
(Including an Air Deflector Unit)

Version: 01 9
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1.2.6 FONST 5000 U10E

This section introduces the equipment configuration principles and typical layout of the
FONST 5000 U10E.

u The FONST 5000 U10E can be installed in a 21-inch 340 mm-deep or 21-inch 680
mm-deep cabinet.

u This section uses a 21-inch 2200 mm-high cabinet as an example for introducing the
typical layout. The 680 mm-deep cabinet can be taken as two back-to-back 340 mm-
deep cabinets.

u Install the COTP subracks from the top down.

u For a double-sided cabinet, do not use the rear side until the front side is fully
occupied.

u During equipment installation, install the power card(s) and the fan unit first, perform
the power-on test, and then install other cards.

u The temperature shall be no higher than 40℃ for long-term operations and no higher
than 45℃ for short-term operations. If the heat dissipation space is small, the
temperature shall be 35℃ (maximum) for long-term operations and 40℃ (maximum)
for short-term operations

10 Version: 01
1 Cabinet

Figure 1-9 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U10E Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

Version: 01 11
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1.2.7 FONST 5000 U20E

This section introduces the equipment configuration principles and typical layout of the
FONST 5000 U20E.

u The FONST 5000 U20E can be installed in a 19-inch 600 mm-deep, 21-inch 340 mm-
deep or 21-inch 680 mm-deep cabinet.

u This section uses 19-inch 2200 mm-high and 21-inch 2200 mm-high cabinets as
examples for introducing the typical layouts of the cabinets. The 680 mm-deep cabinet
can be taken as two back-to-back 340 mm-deep cabinets.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the COTP
subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment layout figure).

u For a double-sided cabinet, do not use the rear side until the front side is fully
occupied.

u During equipment installation, install the power card(s) and the fan unit first, perform
the power-on test, and then install other cards.

u When a 19-inch 600 mm-deep cabinet is installed, the fiber spools on the left and right
sides cannot be installed as this type of cabinet is installed in the front vertical
mounting flange mode. You need to install an independent fiber spool at the back of
the cabinet. The material code of the fiber spool is 405000285R1A.

u When installing the equipment in a 19-inch 600 mm-deep cabinet, move the front
vertical mounting flanges backward by 100 mm.

u The temperature shall be no higher than 40℃ for long-term operations and no higher
than 45℃ for short-term operations. If the heat dissipation space is small, the
temperature shall not exceed 35℃ for long-term operations and not exceed 40℃ for
short-term operations.

12 Version: 01
1 Cabinet

Figure 1-10 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20E Installed in a 19-inch 2200 mm-High
Cabinet

Figure 1-11 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20E Installed in a 19-inch 2200 mm-High
Cabinet (Including an Air Deflector Unit)

Version: 01 13
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-12 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20E Installed in a 21-inch 2200 mm-High
Cabinet

14 Version: 01
2 Subrack

This chapter introduces the structure, slot distribution, fan unit, heat dissipation and power
consumption of the subrack.

2.1 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack which is integrated with an cabinet.

Version: 01 15
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.1.1 Appearance and Specifications

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-1 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack

Specifications

Table 2-1 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack (Integrated Cabinet Included)

Item Specification
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 2200 × 600 × 680
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and a fan
270.3
unit) (kg)

16 Version: 01
2 Subrack

2.1.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ integrated subrack is three-layered and double-sided. Figure 2-2
shows the slot distribution.

Figure 2-2 Slot Distribution of the Integrated FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack

Table 2-2 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

64 service slots 1-64 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for system control


65, 66 Slots dedicated for system control cards
cards
16 slots for cross-connect
67-82 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
2 slots for AIF cards 83, 84 Slots dedicated for AIF1 / AIF2 cards

Version: 01 17
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-2 Slot Description (Continued)

Composition Slot Description


As shown in the figure above, the power cards supply power to
the area of the same color as the cards themselves. The details are
described as follows:
u Power card in slot 85: Supply power to slots 65 to 73, 83, 84,
5 slots for active power cards 85-89 106 and 107.
u Power cards in slots 86 and 87: Supply power to slots 17 to
32, and 105.
u Power cards in slots 88 and 89: Supply power to slots 01 to
16, and 108.
As shown in the figure above, the power cards supply power to
the area of the same color as the cards themselves. The details are
described as follows:
u Power card in slot 95: Supply power to slots 74 to 82, 110,
5 slots for active power cards 95-99 and 111.
u Power cards in slots 96 and 97: Supply power to slots 49 to
64, and 109.
u Power cards in slots 98 and 99: Supply power to slots 33 to
48, and 112.
5 slots for standby power
90-94 Work in 1+1 backup mode with power cards in slots 85 to 89.
cards
5 slots for standby power
100-104 Work in 1+1 backup mode with power cards in slots 95 to 99.
cards

2.1.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

To dissipate heat of the cards, the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack works in the forced air
cooling mode with a single-sided π-shaped air duct. Specifically, for the upper-layer service
cards, the air is blown out of the subrack from the top; for the lower-layer service cards, the
air is blown out of the subrack from the bottom; for middle-layer cross-connect cards, the
air is drawn into the subrack via the hole area in the middle of the panel. The upper and
lower air ducts are independent of each other. Figure 2-3 shows the heat dissipation mode.

18 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Figure 2-3 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be replaced


within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert dummy
panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

Version: 01 19
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.2 FONST 5000 U60

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U60 subrack.

2.2.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-4 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U60 Subrack

20 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-3 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U60 Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 1575 × 563 × 570
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and fan
107.6
units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.2.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U60 subrack is three-layered and double-sided. Figure 2-5 shows the slot
distribution.

Figure 2-5 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U60 Subrack

Version: 01 21
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-4 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

64 service slots 16-79 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 01, 02 Slots dedicated for control cards
9 slots for cross-connect
05-08, 84-88 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
1 slot for an AIF card 03 A slot dedicated for the AIF card
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
91, 92 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 16 to
23, 11 and 14.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
93, 94 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 32 to
41.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
95, 96 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 01 to
09, 12, 13, 24, 42, and 69.
16 slots for power cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
97, 98 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 43 to
47, and slots 64 to 68.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
99, 100 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 28 to
31, 48 to 53, 83, 89, 90, and 110.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
101, 102 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 84 to
88, 108 and 109.

22 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Table 2-4 Slot Description (Continued)

Composition Slot Description


Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
103, 104 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 54 to
63, and 107.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
105, 106 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 70 to
79.

2.2.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U60 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a cooling fan
draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air duct from bottom to
top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the equipment to minimize dust
accumulation. Figure 2-6 shows the heat dissipation mode.

Version: 01 23
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-6 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U60 Subrack

24 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be replaced


within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert dummy
panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.3 FONST 5000 U40

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U40 subrack.

Version: 01 25
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.3.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-7 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U40 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-5 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U40 Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 1166 × 566 × 570
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and fan
87
units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

26 Version: 01
2 Subrack

2.3.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U40 subrack is double-layered and double-sided. Figure 2-8 shows the
slot distribution.

Figure 2-8 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U40 Subrack

Table 2-6 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

52 service slots 01-52 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 55, 56 Slots dedicated for control cards
8 slots for cross-connect cards 57-64 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
2 slots for AIF cards 53, 54 Slots dedicated for AIF1 / AIF2 cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the power
65, 66 cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same color as
the power cards themselves, which includes slots 01 to 06, 53, 54,
16 slots for power cards 55 to 58 and the upper fan unit slot at the front of the subrack.

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.


Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the power
67, 68
cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same color as
the power cards themselves, which includes slots 13 to 19.

Version: 01 27
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-6 Slot Description (Continued)

Composition Slot Description


Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the power
69, 70
cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same color as
the power cards themselves, which includes slots 20 to 26.

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.


Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the power
71, 72 cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same color as
the power cards themselves, which includes slots 07 to 12, 59, 60
and the lower fan unit slot at the front of the subrack.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the power
73, 74 cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same color as
the power cards themselves, which includes slots 27 to 32, 61, 62
and the upper fan unit slot at the back of the subrack.

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.


Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the power
75, 76
cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same color as
the power cards themselves, which includes slots 39 to 46.

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.


Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the power
77, 78
cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same color as
the power cards themselves, which includes slots 47 to 52.

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.


Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the power
79, 80 cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same color as
the power cards themselves, which includes slots 33 to 38, 63, 64
and the lower fan unit slot at the back of the subrack.

2.3.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U40 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a cooling fan
draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air duct from bottom to
top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the equipment to minimize dust
accumulation. Figure 2-9 shows the heat dissipation mode.

28 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Figure 2-9 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U40 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be replaced


within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert dummy
panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

Version: 01 29
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.4 FONST 5000 U30

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U30 subrack.

2.4.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-10 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U30 Subrack

30 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-7 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U30 Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 1677 × 566 × 295
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and fan
66.2
units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.4.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U30 subrack is three-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-11 shows the slot
distribution.

Figure 2-11 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U30 Subrack

Version: 01 31
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-8 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

40 service slots 01-40 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 41, 42 Slots dedicated for control cards
6 slots for cross-connect cards 43-48 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
2 slots for AIF cards 49, 50 Slots dedicated for AIF cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
51, 52
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 17 to 20, 41 to 45, 49, 50 and the upper and
lower fan unit slots.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
53, 54 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 01 to 14.
8 slots for power cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
55, 56 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 25 to 38.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
57, 58
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 15, 16, 21 to 24, 39, 40, 46 to 48, and the
upper fan unit slot.

2.4.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U30 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a cooling fan
draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air duct from bottom to
top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the equipment to minimize dust
accumulation. Figure 2-12 shows the heat dissipation mode.

32 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Figure 2-12 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U30 Subrack

Version: 01 33
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be replaced


within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert dummy
panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.5 FONST 5000 U20

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U20 subrack.

34 Version: 01
2 Subrack

2.5.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-13 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U20 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-9 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U20 Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 1152 × 566 × 295
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and fan
45.8
units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

Version: 01 35
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.5.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U20 subrack is double-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-14 shows the
slot distribution.

Figure 2-14 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U20 Subrack

Table 2-10 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

26 service slots 01-26 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 27, 28 Slots dedicated for control cards
4 slots for cross-connect cards 29-32 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
2 slots for AIF cards 33, 34 Slots dedicated for AIF cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
35, 36 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 01 to
06, 27 to 30, 33 and the upper fan unit slot.
8 slots for power cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
37, 38 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 13 to
19.

36 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Table 2-10 Slot Description (Continued)

Composition Slot Description


Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
39, 40 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 20 to
26.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
41, 42 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the same
color as the power cards themselves, which includes slots 07 to
12, 31, 32, 34, and the lower fan unit slot.

2.5.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U20 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a cooling fan
draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air duct from bottom to
top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the equipment to minimize dust
accumulation. Figure 2-15 shows the heat dissipation mode.

Version: 01 37
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-15 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U20 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be replaced


within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert dummy
panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.6 FONST 5000 U10

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U10 subrack.

38 Version: 01
2 Subrack

2.6.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-16 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U10 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-11 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U10 Subrack

Item Specification
Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 535 × 566 × 295
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and fan
25.1
units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.6.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U10 subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-17 shows the
slot distribution.

Version: 01 39
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-17 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U10 Subrack

Table 2-12 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

12 service slots 01-12 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 13, 14 Slots dedicated for control cards
2 slots for cross-connect cards 15, 16 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
Slots dedicated for power cards; these two power cards work in
2 slots for power cards 17, 18
mutual 1+1 backup mode and supply power to the subrack.

2.6.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U10 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a cooling fan
draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air duct from bottom to
top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the equipment to minimize dust
accumulation. Figure 2-18 shows the heat dissipation mode.

40 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Figure 2-18 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U10 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be replaced


within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert dummy
panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.7 FONST 5000 U10E

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U10E subrack.

Version: 01 41
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.7.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-19 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U10E Subrack

Specification

Table 2-13 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U10E Subrack

Item Specification
Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 541 × 492.3 × 295
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and fan
30
units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.7.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U10E subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-20 shows the
slot distribution.

42 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Figure 2-20 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U10E Subrack

Table 2-14 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

11 service slots 01-11 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 13, 14 Slots dedicated for control cards
3 slots for cross-connect cards 15-17 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
Slots dedicated for power cards; these two power cards work in
2 slots for power cards 18, 19
mutual 1+1 backup mode and supply power to the subrack.

2.7.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U10E subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a cooling fan
draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air duct from bottom to
top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the equipment to minimize dust
accumulation. Figure 2-21 shows the heat dissipation mode.

Version: 01 43
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-21 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U10E Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be replaced


within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert dummy
panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.8 FONST 5000 U20E

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U20E subrack.

44 Version: 01
2 Subrack

2.8.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-22 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U20E Subrack

Version: 01 45
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Specification

Table 2-15 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U20E Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 1154 × 443 × 286
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and fan
40
units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.8.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U20E subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-23 shows the
slot distribution.

Figure 2-23 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U20E Subrack

46 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Table 2-16 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

22 service slots 01-22 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 27, 28 Slots dedicated for control cards
4 slots for cross-connect cards 29-32 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
2 slots for AIF cards 33, 34 Slots dedicated for AIF cards
As shown in the figure above, the power cards supply power to the
areas of the same color as the cards. The details are described as
follows:
4 slots for active power cards 35-38 u Power cards in slots 35 and 36: Supply power to slots 11 to 22, 27
and 28, 33 and 34, and the upper fan unit slot.
u Power cards in slots 37 and 38: Supply power to slots 01 to 10, 29
to 32, and the lower fan unit slot.
4 slots for standby power cards 39-42 Work in 1+1 backup mode with power cards in slots 35 to 38.

2.8.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U20E subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a cooling fan
draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air duct from bottom to
top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the equipment to minimize dust
accumulation. Figure 2-24 shows the heat dissipation mode.

Version: 01 47
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-24 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U20E Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be replaced


within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert dummy
panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

48 Version: 01
2 Subrack

2.9 Fan Units

This section introduces fan units used on the FONST 5000 U series subracks.

Appearance

Table 2-17 Appearance of Fan Units

Appearance Applicable Subrack

FONST 5000 U60 II


subrack

FONST 5000 U60 / U40 /


U30 / U20 / U10 / U10E
subrack

FONST 5000 U20E subrack

Function

A fan unit provides heat dissipation for the equipment. Its running status can be controlled
through the EMS. In intelligent mode, the fan unit can adjust its rotating speed
automatically according to the heat dissipation of the card, so that the equipment works
properly under a stable ambient temperature. The UE series fan units support remote
upgrade.

Version: 01 49
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

A fan unit can work in intelligent or manual mode.

u Intelligent: automatically adjusts the fan rotation speed based on the temperature
reported by each card of the equipment.

u Manual: works at the speed level set on the EMS, including full speed, high speed, low
speed, and OFF.

Warning:

In manual mode, fans are running at a fixed rotating speed, which cannot be
adjusted according to the feedback. During normal operation of the equipment,
make sure that the fan unit is in the intelligent mode.

Indicators

Fan indicators on the front panel indicate working states of a fan unit.

Table 2-18 Indicators on Fan Units

Sign Meaning Description


ON (green): The power supply is properly connected.
ACT Working state indicator
OFF: The power supply input fails.

ON (red): The fan unit is faulty.


ALM Alarm indicator
OFF: The fan unit is running properly.

Safety Signs

Safety signs on fan units prohibit operators from touching fan blades when the fans are
rotating at high speed.

50 Version: 01
2 Subrack

Table 2-19 Safety Signs on Fan Units

Sign Applicable Subrack Meaning Location

FONST 5000 U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 Fan unit safety warning

/ U10 subrack sign, reminding that

FONST 5000 U60 II subrack operators should not


touch the rotating fan
Located on the
blades. To remove a fan
fan unit panel.
unit, pull it out 5 cm,
FONST 5000 U10E / U20E subrack wait for one minute, and
then remove it from the
subrack completely.

Dimensions

Table 2-20 Dimensions of Fan Units

Type Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm)

Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack 42 × 484.3 × 280


Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10
40 × 484.3 × 279
/ U10E subrack
Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U20E subrack 41 × 434 × 269

Weight

Table 2-21 Weight of Fan Units

Type Weight (kg)

Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack 5.0


Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10
4.4
/ U10E subrack
Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U20E subrack 5.0

Power Consumption

Table 2-22 Power Consumption of Fan Units

Subrack Power Consumption (W)

At room temperature: 50
Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack
Maximum: 450
Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 At room temperature: 50
/ U10E subrack Maximum: 450

Version: 01 51
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-22 Power Consumption of Fan Units (Continued)

Subrack Power Consumption (W)

At room temperature: 80
Fan unit of the FONST 5000 U20E subrack
Maximum: 460
Note 1: Power consumption at room temperature refers to the power consumed when the equipment
with the typical service configuration operates at room temperature (23 ± 2ºC) and fans operate
at a duty cycle of 30%.
Note 2: Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumed when the equipment with the
maximum power consumption configuration operates at a high temperature (>45ºC) and fans
operate at the maximum speed.

52 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

The management and auxiliary interfaces mainly reside on the network management cards
and AIF cards, with only a few on the OSC series cards.

3.1 Overview of Management and Auxiliary


Interfaces
Table 3-1 Mappings Between Subracks and Management and Auxiliary Cards

Network Management
Subrack AIF Series OSC Series
Card
AIF1
FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ CCU
AIF2
FONST 5000 U60 AIF
AIF1
FONST 5000 U40
AIF2
CCU OSC
FONST 5000 U30
AIF
FONST 5000 U20
FONST 5000 U10 N/A
FONST 5000 U20E AIF
CCU
FONST 5000 U10E N/A

3.2 Network Management Cards in the Electrical-


Layer Subrack

Table 3-2 Mappings Between Electrical-Layer Subracks and Network Management Cards

Subrack Network Management Card

FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)


FONST 5000 U60
FONST 5000 U40
FONST 5000 U30 CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)
FONST 5000 U20
FONST 5000 U10
FONST 5000 U20E
CCU (U20E / U10E)
FONST 5000 U10E

Version: 01 53
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.2.1 CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Working together with the network management system, the network management card
manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between different NEs.

3.2.1.1 Functions of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 3-3 Functions of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Function Description

u Mainly performs core functions such as NE management, control plane functions, EMS and
control plane networking, clock distribution and APS switching control.
u EMU function: Performs NE management and MCN construction. Performs configuration, fault,
performance and security management on the equipment, and saves management information on
behalf of the management system.
u ACU function: Supports running the control plane software and achieves various functions
Basic function required by the ASON control plane.
u SCU function: Routes the SCC signals and constructs the SCN (signaling communication network)
for transmitting the control plane signaling; adopts the IP protocol to construct an SCN used for
transmitting the control plane signaling; supports fast route switching.
u Overhead processing: Processes the Ethernet overheads sent by each card, including the SSM and
MCC / SCC overheads.
u Supports the 1588 clock function.

GCC communication Supports GCC communication.

Backup scheme 1+1 hot backup scheme

u Provides stratum-3 clock sources externally.


Clock function
u Supports backing up the external input clock and output clock.

Subrack cascading Supports cascading with the EFCU card.

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
u Synchronizes the EMS data and processes the DCN packets, so that the management and
configuration data sent from the EMS can be delivered to the NE cards.
u Monitors card status, and periodically collects the alarm and performance data of the card and
System control
reports them to the EMS.
u Monitors the status of the fan and the power card, and provides the fan management function.
u Backs up NE data and processes various types of protocol packets.

54 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.2.1.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Figure 3-1 Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 3-4 Indicators / Ports / Buttons on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly (four times per second): The card is incorrectly configured.
ACT Working state indicator Blinking slowly (once per second): The card is working properly.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.


UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on this card.

OFF: No non-urgent alarm occurs on this card or all non-urgent alarms are
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator blocked.
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on this card.

Blinking: The card communicates properly with its built-in BMU or the card
software is being upgraded.
Not blinking: The card has not received any responses from the BMU or the
SBUS BMU response indicator
card is standby.
Blinking at an irregular frequency: Communication between the card and a
certain BMU is abnormal.
Control plane
SCC Blinking: The SCC is in communication.
communication indicator
Network management
MCC channel communication Blinking: The MCC is in communication.
indicator
FREE FREE (ON): The clock is in free running mode.
Clock working state
LOCK LOCK (ON): The clock is in locked mode.
indicator
HOLD HOLD (ON): The clock is in holdover mode.

External clock input / output Standard clock synchronization port for inputting / outputting external clock
CLK
port synchronization signals

Input / output port for


TOD Processes 1PPS+TOD signals.
external time signals

Generally connects to the serial port of the computer installed with the LCT
f Local monitoring port
software.
Inputs / outputs EMS monitoring information and generally connects to the
F Network management port
EMS computer.

SIG Control plane port Used for communication extension between control planes.

Version: 01 55
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-4 Indicators / Ports / Buttons on the Front Panel (Continued)

Sign Meaning Description


Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE;
communication extension
COM generally, connects to the COM port on the corresponding card in another
port / software debugging
subrack.
port

The RSTNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2. Pressing this button will reset
the card.
RST Reset button
Do not press this button unless necessary, especially when the equipment is
working properly.

Note 1: The RST is a hidden button and thus requires a threadlike tool such as a nib or needle for pressing it.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

3.2.1.3 Specifications of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-5 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 465 × 30 2.5

Power Consumption

Table 3-6 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 73

3.2.2 CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Working together with the network management system, the network management card
manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between different NEs.

56 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.2.2.1 Functions of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Table 3-7 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Function Description

u Mainly performs core functions such as NE management, control plane


functions, EMS and control plane networking, clock distribution and APS
switching control.
u EMU function: Manages NEs and constructs MCNs; performs configuration,
fault, performance and security management for the equipment, and saves
management information on behalf of the management system.
u ACU function: Runs the control plane software and achieves various functions
required by the ASON control plane.
Basic function
u SCU function: Routes the SCC signals and constructs an SCN (signaling
communication network) for transmitting the control plane signaling based on
the IP protocol; supports fast route switching.
u Overhead processing: Processes Ethernet overheads sent by cards, including
the SSM and MCC / SCC overheads.
u The two-core CCU card supports basic CCU functions.
u The four-core CCU card supports 1588 clock functions and hybrid
transmission of two or three services in addition to basic CCU functions.
GCC
Supports GCC communication.
communication
Backup scheme 1+1 hot backup

u Provides stratum-3 clock sources externally.


Clock function
u Backs up the external input clock and output clock.

Subrack
Supports cascading with the EFCU card.
cascading

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
u Synchronizes the EMS data and processes the DCN packets, so that the
management and configuration data sent from the EMS can be delivered to the
NE cards.
System control u Monitors status of cards, and periodically collects their alarm and performance
data and reports it to the EMS.
u Monitors status of fans and power cards, and manages fans.
u Backs up NE data and processes various types of protocol packets.

Version: 01 57
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.2.2.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Figure 3-2 Front Panel of the Two-Core CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Figure 3-3 Front Panel of the Four-Core CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Table 3-8 Indicators / Ports / Buttons on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly (four times per second): The card is incorrectly configured.
ACT Working status indicator Blinking slowly (once per second): The card is working properly.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.


UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on this card.

OFF: No non-urgent alarm occurs on this card or all non-urgent alarms are
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator blocked.
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on this card.

Blinking: The card communicates properly with the BMU inside the card or
the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking: The card has not received any responses from the BMU or the
SBUS BMU response indicator
card is standby.
Blinking at an irregular frequency: Communication between the card and a
certain BMU is abnormal.
SCC communication
SCC Blinking: The SCC (control plane signaling channel) is in communication.
indicator
MCC communication
MCC Blinking: The MCC (network management channel) is in communication.
indicator
FREE FREE: ON means that the clock is in the free running mode.
Clock working status
LOCK LOCK: ON means that the clock is in the locked mode.
indicator
HOLD HOLD: ON means that the clock is in the holdover mode.
Input / output port for Standard clock synchronization port; inputs / outputs external clock
CLK
external clock signals synchronization signals.

Input / output port for


TOD Processes 1PPS+TOD signals.
external time signals

58 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-8 Indicators / Ports / Buttons on the Front Panel (Continued)

Sign Meaning Description


Input port for monitoring
Inputs signals to be monitored.
MON external switch ON/OFF
Generally connects to the user's monitored equipment.
events
Output port for controlling
Outputs control signals.
CTR external switch ON/OFF
Generally connects to the user's environment monitors.
events
ALM Subrack alarm output port Generally connects to the alarm port on the PDP.

Generally connects to the serial port of the computer installed with the LCT
f Local monitoring port
software.
Inputs / outputs EMS monitoring information and generally connects to the
F Network management port
EMS computer.

SIG Control plane port Used for communication extension between control planes.

Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE;
communication extension
COM generally, connects to the COM port of the corresponding card in another
port and software debugging
subrack.
port

When this button is pressed down, the current alarm alert is muted. And the
system will not generate an alert since then even if the NE reports an alarm.
RING OFF Ring-off button
When this button is released, the system will generate an audio alert when
the NE is alarmed.
The RSTNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2. Press it to reset the card.
RST Reset button Do not press this button unless necessary, especially when the equipment is
working properly.

Active/standby switching
SW Press it to deactivate a card. This button only works for active cards.
button
Note 1: The RST is a hidden button and thus requires a threadlike tool such as a nib or needle for pressing it.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

3.2.2.3 Specifications of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-9 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 /


307 × 27.5 1.04
U10)

Version: 01 59
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 3-10 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) 40

3.2.3 CCU (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

The network management card cooperates with the network management system to manage
all cards in the equipment and enable mutual communication between NEs.

3.2.3.1 Functions of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

Table 3-11 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

Function Description

u EMU function: Manages NEs and constructs MCNs.


u ACU function: Runs the control plane software and achieves various functions required by the ASON
control plane.
Basic function u SCU function: Adopts the IP protocol to construct an SCN used for transmitting the control plane
signaling; supports fast route switching.
u Overhead processing: Processes Ethernet overheads sent by cards, including the SSM and MCC / SCC
overheads.
u Provides stratum-3 clock sources externally.
Clock function
u Backs up the external input clock and output clock.

u Synchronizes the EMS data and processes the DCN packets, so that the management and configuration
data sent from the EMS can be delivered to the NE cards.
System u Monitors status of cards, and periodically collects their alarm and performance data and reports it to the
control EMS.
u Monitors status of fans and power cards, and manages fans.
u Backs up NE data and processes various types of protocol packets.

u 1+1 hot backup


Protection
u Broadcast protection

60 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.2.3.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

Figure 3-4 Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

Table 3-12 Indicators / Ports / Buttons on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly (four times per second): The card is incorrectly configured.
ACT Working status indicator Blinking slowly (once per second): The card is working properly.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.


UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF: No non-urgent alarms occur on this card or all non-urgent alarms are
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator blocked.
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on this card.

Blinking: The card communicates properly with the BMU inside the card or
the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking: The card has not received any responses from the BMU or the
SBUS BMU response indicator
card is standby.
Blinking at an irregular frequency: Communication between the card and a
certain BMU is abnormal.
SCC communication
SCC Blinking: The SCC (control plane signaling channel) is in communication.
indicator
MCC communication
MCC Blinking: The MCC (network management channel) is in communication.
indicator
FREE FREE: ON means that the clock is in the free running mode.
Clock working status
LOCK LOCK: ON means that the clock is in the locked mode.
indicator
HOLD HOLD: ON means that the clock is in the holdover mode.
Input / output port for Standard clock synchronization port; inputs / outputs external clock
CLK
external clock signals synchronization signals.

Input / output port for


TOD Processes 1PPS+TOD signals.
external time signals

Input port for monitoring


Inputs signals to be monitored.
MON external switch ON/OFF
Generally, connects to the user's monitored equipment.
events
Output port for controlling
Outputs control signals.
CTR external switch ON/OFF
Generally, connects to the user's environment monitors.
events
ALM Subrack alarm output port Generally, connects to the alarm port on the PDP.

Version: 01 61
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-12 Indicators / Ports / Buttons on the Front Panel (Continued)

Sign Meaning Description


Generally, connects to the serial port of the computer installed with the LCT
f Local monitoring port
software.
Inputs / outputs EMS monitoring information and generally connects to the
F Network management port
EMS computer.

SIG Control plane port Used for communication extension between control planes.

Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE;
communication extension
COM generally, connects to the COM port of the corresponding card in another
port and software debugging
subrack.
port

When this button is pressed down, the current alarm alert is muted. And the
system will not generate an alert since then even if the NE reports an alarm.
RING OFF Ring-off button
When this button is released, the system generates an alert if the NE reports
an alarm.
The RSTNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2. Press it to reset the card.
RST Reset button Do not press this button unless necessary, especially when the equipment is
working properly.

Note 1: The RST is a hidden button and thus requires a threadlike tool such as a nib or needle for pressing it.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

3.2.3.3 Specifications of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-13 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

CCU (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E) 407 × 30 2.2

Power Consumption

Table 3-14 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E) 73.8

62 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.3 Auxiliary Terminal Boards

Table 3-15 Mappings Between Subracks and Auxiliary Terminal Boards

Subrack Auxiliary Terminal Board


AIF1
FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ
AIF2
FONST 5000 U60 AIF
AIF1
FONST 5000 U40
AIF2
FONST 5000 U30
FONST 5000 U20 AIF
FONST 5000 U20E
FONST 5000 U10 N/A
FONST 5000 U10E N/A

3.3.1 AIF (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary extension interfaces.

3.3.1.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Figure 3-5 Front Panel of the AIF1 Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Figure 3-6 Front Panel of the AIF2 Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 3-16 Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description Port Type

External clock input / Standard clock synchronization port; inputs / outputs


CLK RJ45Note 1
output port external clock synchronization signals.

Version: 01 63
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-16 Ports on the Front Panel (Continued)

Sign Meaning Description Port Type


External switch ON/OFF Generally, connects to the user equipment to be
MON
event monitor input port monitored.
Output port of the rack-
AOR Generally, connects to the rack-top alarm indicator.
top alarm indicator
RJ11
Alarm output port of the Generally, connects to the alarm port of the head of row
AOC
head of row cabinet cabinet.
Note 1: An RJ-45 port on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the
yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is linked up or sending data. When the green one is ON or blinking, the
port is linked up or receiving data.

3.3.1.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-17 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF1 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 172 × 29 0.5


AIF2 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 172 × 29 0.5

Power Consumption

Table 3-18 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF1 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 4.92


AIF2 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 4.92

3.3.2 AIF (U60)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary extension interfaces.

64 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.3.2.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U60)

Figure 3-7 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U60)

Table 3-19 Description of the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description Port Type


Input / output port for Standard time synchronization port; inputs / outputs 1588 time
TOD
external time signals synchronization signals.

Input / output port for Standard clock synchronization port; inputs / outputs external clock
CKIO
external clock signals synchronization signals.

Network management Inputs and outputs network management monitoring information


F
port and usually connects to the computer installed with the EMS.

SIG Control plane port Used for communication extension between the control planes.

External switch ON/


MON OFF event monitor Generally, connects to the user equipment to be monitored. RJ45Note 1
input port

Intra-NE subrack
communication Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE
COM extension port and and generally connected to the COM port of the corresponding card
software debugging in another subrack.
port

Subrack alarm output


ALM Generally, it is connected to the alarm port on the PDP.
port

Note 1: Each RJ-45 port on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the
yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is linked up or sending data. When the green one is ON or blinking, the
port is linked up or receiving data.

3.3.2.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (U60)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-20 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (U60)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF (U60) 307 × 27.5 0.3

Version: 01 65
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 3-21 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (U60)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF (U60) 4

3.3.3 AIF (U40)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary extension interfaces.

3.3.3.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U40)

Figure 3-8 Front Panel of the AIF1 Card (U40)

Figure 3-9 Front Panel of the AIF2 Card (U40)

Table 3-22 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Name Meaning Description Port Type


F1
Network management Inputs and outputs network management monitoring information and
F2
port usually connects to the computer installed with the EMS.
F3
SIG1 Control plane ports 1
Used for communication extension between the control planes.
SIG2 and 2
COM1 Intra-NE subrack
RJ45Note 1
COM2 communication Used to extend communication between subracks within an NE.
COM3 extension port

Input / output port for Standard clock synchronization port; inputs / outputs external clock
CLK
external clock signals synchronization signals.

Input / output port for Standard time synchronization port; inputs / outputs 1588 time
TOD
external time signals synchronization signals.
ALM1 Subrack alarm cascade
Connects and aggregates alarms of other subracks. RJ11
ALM2 port

66 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-22 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel (Continued)

Name Meaning Description Port Type


Output interface of the
AOR rack-top alarm Generally, connects to the rack-top alarm indicator.
indicator
Alarm output port of
AOC Generally, connects to the alarm port of the head of row cabinet.
the head of row cabinet
Note 1: Each RJ-45 port on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the
yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is linked up or sending data. When the green one is ON or blinking, the
port is linked up or receiving data.

3.3.3.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (U40)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-23 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (U40)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF1 (U40) 407 × 30 0.5


AIF2 (U40) 407 × 30 0.3

Power Consumption

Table 3-24 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (U40)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF1 (U40) 4.92


AIF2 (U40) 4.92

3.3.4 AIF (U30 / U20 / U20E)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary extension interfaces.

Version: 01 67
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.3.4.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Figure 3-10 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Table 3-25 Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description Port Type

Input / output port for Standard time synchronization port; inputs / outputs 1588 time
TOD
external time signals synchronization signals.

Input / output port for Standard clock synchronization port; inputs / outputs external clock
CLK
external clock signals synchronization signals.
F1 Network Inputs / outputs EMS supervisory information, generally connected to
F2 management port the EMS computer. RJ45Note 1
SIG1
Control plane port Used for communication extension between control planes.
SIG2
COM1 Intra-NE subrack
communication Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE.
COM2
extension port

Subrack alarm output


ALM Generally, it is connected to the alarm port on the PDP. RJ11
port

Note 1: Each RJ-45 port on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the
yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is linked up or sending data. When the green one is ON or blinking, the
port is linked up or receiving data.

68 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.3.4.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-26 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF (U30 / U20 / U20E) 90 × 60 1

Power Consumption

Table 3-27 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF (U30 / U20 / U20E) 8

3.4 Management and Auxiliary Cables

This section introduces management and auxiliary cables.

Table 3-28 Mappings Between Management and Auxiliary Ports and Cables

Port Description Cable Reference


F
F1 Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight-through) Straight-Through
Network management interface
F2 3695095R4A Cable
F3
SIG
Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight-through) Straight-Through
SIG1 Control plane interface
3695095R4A Cable
SIG2
COM
COM1 Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight-through) Straight-Through
Subrack communication port
COM2 3695095R4A Cable
COM3
75Ω clock interface cable (coaxial cable with an RJ
CLK External clock input / output connector) 409000060R1A
Clock Cable
CKIO port 120Ω clock interface cable (balanced cable with an
RJ connector) 409000059R1A

Input / output port for external


TOD RJ45 cable 3695458R1A Time Cable
time signals

Version: 01 69
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-28 Mappings Between Management and Auxiliary Ports and Cables (Continued)

Port Description Cable Reference


ALM RJ45 Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
ALM1 Subrack alarm output port through) 3695095R4A Cable
ALM2 RJ11 409000175 Signal Cable

The f Interface
RJ45 f interface cable for EMS_f (3695467R2A)
Cable
f Local monitoring port RJ45 f interface cable for debugging
The f Interface
(3695476R2A)
Cable
Output port to control external
CTR RJ45 cable 3695458R1A Time Cable
switch ON/OFF events
Input port to monitor external
MON RJ45 cable 3695458R1A Time Cable
switch ON/OFF events
Alarm Cable for
the Head of Row
Alarm output interface of the 409000125R1A
AOC Cabinet
head of row cabinet 409000109 (unshielded)
Subrack Alarm
Cable

3.4.1 Straight-Through Cable

The straight-through cable is mainly used to connect the EMS host with the equipment,
transmit supervisory signals, exchange signals between Ethernet networks and debug the
equipment's software.

Model

3695095

Structure

Figure 3-11 shows the structure of the straight-through cable.

70 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Figure 3-11 Straight-Through Cable

Figure 3-12 shows the RJ-45 connector used by the straight-through cable.

Figure 3-12 RJ-45 Connector

Table 3-29 describes the pinout and wiring of the straight-through cable.

Table 3-29 Pinout and Wiring of the Straight-Through Cable

Pin (Local Connector) Wire Color Pin (Remote Connector)

1 White- / orange 1

2 Orange 2
3 White- / green 3
4 Blue 4
5 White- / blue 5
6 Green 6
7 White- / brown 7
8 Brown 8

Version: 01 71
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Technical Specifications

Table 3-30 describes technical specifications of the straight-through cable.

Table 3-30 Technical Specifications of the Straight-Through Cable

Item Specification
Cable type CAT.5e network cable 4×2×24AWG
Connector X1 / X2 RJ-45 connector

3.4.2 Clock Cable

The clock cable is used to connect the clock interface of the equipment to the external clock
source interface, introducing clock synchronization signals to the subrack.

Model

u 409000060 (75Ω)

u 409000059 (120Ω)

Structure

Figure 3-13 shows the structure of the 75Ω / 120Ω clock cable.

Figure 3-13 Clock Cable

Table 3-31 describes the pinout and wiring of the 75Ω clock cable.

Table 3-31 Pinout and Wiring of the 75Ω Clock Cable

RJ-45 Connector Cable


Pin Color Coaxial Cable Definition
1 White- / orange The 1st core wire T

72 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-31 Pinout and Wiring of the 75Ω Clock Cable (Continued)

RJ-45 Connector Cable


Pin Color Coaxial Cable Definition
2 Orange The 1st shielded wire
3 White- / green - -
4 Blue The 2nd core wire
R
5 White- / blue The 2nd shielded wire
6 Green - -
7 White- / brown - -
8 Brown - -

Table 3-32 describes the pinout and wiring of the 120Ω clock cable.

Table 3-32 Pinout and Wiring of the 120Ω Clock Cable

RJ-45 Connector Cable


Pin Color Coaxial Cable Definition
1 White- / orange
Twisted pair 1 T
2 Orange

3 White- / green - -
4 Blue
Twisted pair 2 R
5 White- / blue
6 Green - -
7 White- / brown - -
8 Brown - -

Technical Specifications

Table 3-33 describes technical specifications of the clock cable.

Table 3-33 Technical Specifications of the Clock Cable

Item Specification
75Ω clock cable Two-core coaxial cable SYFZ-75-2-1×2
120Ω clock cable Four-core shielded cable SEYVP-2×2×0.4
X1 Bare wire
Connector X2 RJ-45 connector

Version: 01 73
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.4.3 Time Cable

The time cable is used to connect the equipment to the external time source, transmitting
time signals.

Model

3695458

Structure

Figure 3-14 shows the structure of the time cable.

Figure 3-14 Time Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 3-34 describes technical specifications of the time cable.

Table 3-34 Technical Specifications of the Time Cable

Item Specification
Cable type CAT.5e network cable 4×2×24AWG
Connector X1 RJ-45 connector
X2 Bare wire

3.4.4 Signal Cable

The signal cable is mainly used to connect the EMS host to the "F" / "SIG" interface on the
equipment to transmit supervisory signals.

74 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Model

409000175

Structure

Figure 3-15 shows the structure of the signal cable.

Figure 3-15 Appearance of the Signal Cable

Table 3-35 describes the pinout and wiring of the signal cable.

Table 3-35 Pinout and Wiring of the Signal Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2


Pin Color Relationship Pin
1 Orange- / white 1
Pair
2 Orange 2
3 Green- / white 3
Pair
6 Green 6
5 Blue- / white A single cable 5
Shielding shell Shielding layer Shielding shell

Technical Specifications

Table 3-36 describes technical specifications of the signal cable.

Table 3-36 Technical Specifications of the Signal Cable

Item Specification
Cable model Cat5e shielded network cable
Connector X1 Shielded RJ45 connector
Connector X2 Shielded RJ11 connector

Version: 01 75
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.4.5 The f Interface Cable

The f interface cable is connected to the EMS computer to input or output the EMS
supervisory information.

Model

3695467

Structure

Figure 3-16 shows the structure of the f interface cable.

Figure 3-16 f Interface Connection Cable

Table 3-37 describes the pinout and wiring of the f interface cable.

Table 3-37 Pinout and Wiring of the f Interface Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2


Pin Process Wire Color Relationship Process Pin
4 Blue 2
Twisted pair
5 Pierce White- / blue Weld 3
6 Green 5

Technical Specifications

Table 3-38 describes technical specifications of the f interface cable.

Table 3-38 Technical Specifications of the f Interface Cable

Item Specification
Cable type Cat 5e network cable 4×2×24AWG (gray- / white)
Connector X1 RJ-45 connector/8P
Connector X2 D-type connector/9P

76 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.4.6 The f Interface Cable

The f interface cable is connected to the EMS computer to input or output the EMS
supervisory information.

Model

3695476

Structure

Figure 3-17 shows the structure of the f interface cable.

Figure 3-17 f Interface Connection Cable

Table 3-39 describes the pinout and wiring of the f interface cable.

Table 3-39 Pinout and Wiring of the f Interface Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2


Pin Wire Color Relationship Pin

1 White- / orange 2
Twisted pair
2 Orange 3

3 White- / green - 5

Technical Specifications

Table 3-40 describes technical specifications of the f interface cable.

Table 3-40 Technical Specifications of the f Interface Cable

Item Specification
Cable type Cat 5e network cable 4×2×24AWG (gray- / white)
Connector X1 RJ-45 connector/8P
Connector X2 D-type connector/9P

Version: 01 77
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.4.7 Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet

The alarm cable for the head of row cabinet is used to connect the PDP to the head of row
cabinet, transmitting the equipment alarm signal to the head of row cabinet.

Model

409000125

Structure

Figure 3-18 shows the structure of the alarm cable for the head of row cabinet.

Figure 3-18 Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet

Table 3-41 describes the pinout and wiring of of the alarm cable for the head of row cabinet.

Table 3-41 Pinout and Wiring of the Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet

Connector X1 Cable Signal Definition

Pin Wire Color -


3 Black G
5 Yellow NUA (non-urgent alarm)

6 Red UA (urgent alarm)

Technical Specifications

Table 3-42 describes technical specifications of the alarm cable for the head of row cabinet.

Table 3-42 Technical Specifications of the Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet

Item Specification
Four-core telephone line with a diameter of 0.4 mm (red, black,
Cable model
yellow, green) / gray sheath
Connector X1 RJ11 connector
X2 Bare wire

78 Version: 01
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.4.8 Subrack Alarm Cable

The subrack alarm cable is used to connect the subrack to the alarm interface of the PDP
and output the subrack alarms to the PDP.

Model

409000109

Structure

Figure 3-19 shows the structure of the subrack alarm cable.

Figure 3-19 Subrack Alarm Cable

Table 3-43 describes the pinout and wiring of the subrack alarm cable.

Table 3-43 Pinout and Wiring of the Subrack Alarm Cable

Pin on RJ-45
Wire Color Pin on RJ-11 Connector Definition
Connector
1 Orange- / white 1 SIREN alarm
2 Orange 2 UA
3 Green- / white 3 NUA
6 Green 6 G (ground)
5 Blue- / white 5 Reserved / CALL

Version: 01 79
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Technical Specifications

Table 3-44 describes technical specifications of the subrack alarm cable.

Table 3-44 Technical Specifications of the Subrack Alarm Cable

Item Specification
Cable model CAT.5e network cable 4×2×24AWG
Connector X1 RJ-11 connector
Connector X2 RJ-45 connector

80 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.1 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

With built-in circuit breakers, the power cards in the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack can
directly accept -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the equipment room.

Figure 4-1 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

4.1.1 PWR (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.1.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 4-1 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Function Description
Input voltage range DC: -38.4 V to -57.6 V
Maximum current of a single channel 60 A
Lightning protection Supported

Power filtering Supported

Standby 5 V power supply Supported (maximum current: 8 A)

Version: 01 81
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-1 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) (Continued)

Function Description
Over-current protection Supported

Real-time reporting of input voltage Supported

4.1.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Figure 4-2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 4-2 Indicators / Interfaces on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Off indicates that no power is supplied.
ACT Working status indicator
On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.


ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure or a
backup 5 V power failure.

-48 V Input interface of the


Inputs the -48 V power to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.1.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-3 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (FONST 5000 U60 II) 172 × 29 1.1

82 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 30

4.1.2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack Power Cable

Table 4-5 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack Power Cable

Specification of the Specification of the Certification


Material Number of Power Cable Reference
Head of Row Cabinet Power Cable Standard
-48 V, 408000237R1A, blue International DC Subrack
0 V, 408000033R1A, black certification Power Cable
Power cable (16 mm2)
-48 V, 408000235R1A, blue UL DC Subrack
Head of row cabinet
0 V, 408000231R1A, black certification Power Cable
providing 63 A air
-48 V, 408000246R1A, blue International DC Subrack
switches
0 V, 408000244R1A, black certification Power Cable
Power cable (25 mm2)
-48 V, 408000245R1A, blue UL DC Subrack
0 V, 408000247R1A, black certification Power Cable
-48 V, 408000236R1A, blue International DC Subrack
Head of row cabinet
Power cable (one divided 0 V, 408000233R1A, black certification Power Cable
providing 120 A air
into two) -48 V, 408000234R1A, blue UL DC Subrack
switches
0 V, 408000229R1A, black certification Power Cable

4.1.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to introduce DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000237 (blue)

u 408000033 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-3 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Version: 01 83
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-3 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-6 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-6 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification
Cable type Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 / blue, black

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.1.2.2 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000235 (blue)

u 408000231 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-4 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-4 DC Subrack Power Cable

84 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Technical Specifications

Table 4-7 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-7 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable H07Z-K UL3386-16 mm2 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.1.2.3 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000246 (blue)

u 408000244 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-5 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-5 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-8 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-8 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification
Cable type Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal


X2 Bare wire

Version: 01 85
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.1.2.4 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000245 (blue)

u 408000247 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-6 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-6 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-9 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-9 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable H07Z-K UL3386-25 mm2 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.1.2.5 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable leads the DC power into the equipment.

Model

u 408000236 (blue)

u 408000233 (black)

86 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Structure

Figure 4-7 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-7 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-10 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-10 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 copper terminal


X3 Bare wire

4.1.2.6 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000234 (blue)

u 408000229 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-8 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Version: 01 87
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-8 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-11 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-11 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable H07Z-K UL3386 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 copper terminal


X3 Bare wire

4.1.3 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Protection Earth Ground Cable

Table 4-12 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth


Item
Ground Cable (Yellow- / Green) Ground Cable (Yellow- / Green)

Model 408000159R1A 408000165R1A


PE connection point at the top of
Connector 1 Subrack earth ground point
the cabinet
Vertical mounting flange of the
Connector 2 PE point on the head of row cabinet
cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Subrack Protection Earth Ground
Link
Cable Cable

4.2 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60

The PDP accepts -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the equipment room
and then distributes the power to the PWR cards in the subrack.

88 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Figure 4-9 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60

4.2.1 PWR (U60)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.2.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (U60)

Table 4-13 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (U60)

Function Description
Input voltage range DC: -38.4 V to -57.6 V
Maximum current of a single
Up to 63 A
channel
Lightning protection Provides lightning protection for succeeding equipment

Power filtering Supported

Standby 5 V power supply Supported (maximum current: 8 A)

Real-time reporting of input voltage Supported

Version: 01 89
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.2.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U60)

Figure 4-10 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U60)

Table 4-14 Indicators / Interfaces on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Off indicates that no power is supplied.
ACT Working status indicator
On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.


ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure or a
backup 5 V power failure.

-48 V Input interface of the


Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.2.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (U60)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-15 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (U60)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (U60) 112 × 30 1.1

Power Consumption

Table 4-16 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (U60)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (U60) 30

90 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.2.2 FONST 5000 U60 Subrack Power Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is connected
to the power card of the subrack.

4.2.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000193 (blue)

u 408000192 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-11 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-11 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-17 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-17 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable UL10070 6AWG (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

4.2.3 PDP

The FONST 5000 U60 subrack uses PDP1063A (3000082). See PDP (3000082) for details.

Version: 01 91
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.2.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-18 PDP1063A (3000082) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Reference


-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000033R1A, black
-48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

4.2.5 FONST 5000 U60 Protection Earth Ground Cable

Table 4-19 FONST 5000 U60 Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth


Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)

Model 408000041R1A (16 mm2) 408000007 3696084


PE connection point at the
Connector 1 Connection point on the PDP Subrack earth ground point
top of the cabinet

PE point on the head of row Vertical mounting flange of


Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
cabinet the cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Ground Protection Earth Ground
Reference
Ground Cable Cable Cable

4.3 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U40 / U30 /


U20 / U10

The PDP accepts -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the equipment room
and then distributes the power to the PWR cards in the subrack.

92 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Figure 4-12 Power Supply of the U40 / U30 / U20 / U10

4.3.1 PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.3.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Table 4-20 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Function Description
Input voltage range DC: -38.4 V to -57.6 V
Maximum current of a single channel Up to 80 A

Lightning protection Provides lightning protection for succeeding equipment

Power filtering Supported

Standby 5 V power supply Supported (maximum current: 8 A)

Real-time reporting of input voltage Supported

Version: 01 93
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.3.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Figure 4-13 Front Panel of the PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) Card

Table 4-21 Indicators / Interfaces on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Off indicates that no power is supplied.
ACT Working status indicator
On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.


ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure or a
backup 5 V power failure.

-48V Input interface of the


Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.3.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-22 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) 90 × 30 1.1

Power Consumption

Table 4-23 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) 20

94 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.3.2 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Subrack Power Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is connected
to the power card of the subrack.

4.3.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

408000167

Structure

Figure 4-14 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-14 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-24 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Version: 01 95
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-24 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification
Power cable UL10070 6AWG (blue, black)
Cable model u Blue: -48 V
u Black: 0 V
Connector X1 Power connector
Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

4.3.3 PDP

For the FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 subrack, the applicable PDP is PDP1063A
(3000082). See PDP (3000082) for details.

4.3.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-25 PDP1063A (3000082) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Reference


-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000033R1A, black
-48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

4.3.5 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Protection Earth


Ground Cable

Table 4-26 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth


Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)
2
Model 408000041R1A (16 mm ) 408000166 408000166
PE connection point at the Subrack earth ground point
Connector 1 Connection point on the PDP
top of the cabinet (XB1)

PE point on the head of row Vertical mounting flange of


Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
cabinet the cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth
Reference
Ground Cable Ground Cable Ground Cable

96 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.4 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U20E / U10E

The PDP leads in -48 V power from the head of row cabinet in the equipment room to the
PWR cards in the subrack.

Figure 4-15 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U20E / U10E

4.4.1 PWR (FONST 5000 U20E / U10E)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.4.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Table 4-27 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Function Description
Inputs one -48 V power supply, supplying the power to other cards in the subrack in a centralized
manner; backs up 5 V power supply; provides the lightning protection and the protection against reverse
Basic function
polarity connection for the received power supply. The PWR card (U20E / U10E) provides a power
supply capacity of 80 A.

Outputs alarms related to lightning protection failure, backup 5 V power failure, -48 V DC input power-
Alarm output
off and active closed circuit failure.
Protection 1+1 hot backup

Version: 01 97
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.4.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Figure 4-16 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Table 4-28 Indicators / Interfaces on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Off indicates that no power is supplied.
ACT Working status indicator
On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.


ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure or a
backup 5 V power failure.

-48V Input interface of the


Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.4.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-29 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (U20E / U10E) 90 × 30 0.315

Power Consumption

Table 4-30 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (U20E / U10E) 18

98 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.4.2 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Subrack Power Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is connected
to the power card of the subrack.

4.4.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

408000167

Structure

Figure 4-17 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-17 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-31 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Version: 01 99
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-31 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification
Power cable UL10070 6AWG (blue, black)
Cable model u Blue: -48 V
u Black: 0 V
Connector X1 Power connector
Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

4.4.3 PDP

Table 4-32 PDPs Applicable to the FONST 5000 U20E / U10E

Subrack PDP Reference


PDP850A (3000064) PDP (3000064)

FONST 5000 U10E PDP1063A (3000082) PDP (3000082)

PDP296B (3000068) PDP (3000068)

PDP850A (3000064) PDP (3000064)


FONST 5000 U20E
PDP1063A (3000082) PDP (3000082)

4.4.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-33 PDP1063A (3000082) and PDP850A (3000064) Power Cables

PDP Cable Type Material Number Reference

PDP1063A Power cable (16 -48 V, 3696097R2A, blue


2
PDP Power Cable
(3000082) mm ) 0 V, 408000033R1A, black
PDP850A Power cable (25 -48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
PDP Power Cable
(3000064) mm )2
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

Table 4-34 PDP296B (3000068) Power Cable

PDP Cable Type Material Number Reference


Power cable (16 -48 V, 408000076R1A, blue
2
PDP Power Cable
PDP296B mm ) 0 V, 408000075R1A, black
(3000068) Power cable (25 -48 V, 408000021R1A, blue
PDP Power Cable
mm2) 0 V, 408000020R1A, black

100 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.4.5 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Protection Earth Ground Cable

Table 4-35 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth


Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)
2
408000041R1A (16 mm )
Model 408000007 408000166
408000019R1A (25 mm2)

PE connection point at the


Connector 1 Connection point on the PDP Subrack earth ground point
top of the cabinet

PE point on the head of row Vertical mounting flange of


Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
cabinet the cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth
Ground Cable (16 mm2) PDP Protection Earth Ground Subrack Protection Earth
Reference
Cabinet Protection Earth Cable Ground Cable
Ground Cable (25 mm2)

4.5 PDP

This section introduces the PDP models applicable to the FONST 5000 U series.

4.5.1 PDP (3000068)

The PDP296B (3000068) is installed in the upper part of the cabinet, powering the subracks
inside the cabinet.

Version: 01 101
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.5.1.1 Appearance

Figure 4-18 Appearance of the PDP (3000068) with Three Branch Switches

Figure 4-19 Appearance of the PDP (3000068) with Two Branch Switches

4.5.1.2 Specifications

Function Specification

Item Specification
Standard working voltage -48 V
Voltage range -38 V to -60 V
Receives alarm signals reported from the corresponding equipment,
provides audio alarms for the signals, illuminates the cabinet-top indicators
Alarm function Alarm signal processing
and outputs alarm signals to the upper layer equipment (such as the head of
row cabinet).

102 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Item Specification
When the lightning protection module fails, the PDP outputs the lightning
Lightning protection
protection failure signals, and reports them to the network management
module alarm report
system via the equipment.

Differential mode
Lightning protection 2 kV
protection
for DC power
Common mode
supply 4 kV
protection

Operating temperature -10℃ to 55℃


Storage temperature -40℃ to 70℃
Environment
Relative humidity ≤ 95%
Atmospheric pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa
19-inch: 483 × 186 × 100
Dimensions (D × W × H) (mm)
21-inch: 530 × 176 × 100
Weight (kg) 4.2

Specifications of the Sub-Model

Branch Switch Rated Current of


Sub-Model Input Current Mounting Mode
Number Branch Switch (A)

3000068- 19-inch cabinet with front vertical


1FAR1A mounting flanges

3000068- 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 21-inch cabinet with front vertical
2FAR1A Six (three active and 32 mounting flanges

3000068- three standby) 21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


Providing two
2BAR1A independent mounting flanges

3000068- channels (one active 50, 32, 16, 50, 32, 21-inch cabinet with rear vertical
2BBR1A and one standby) of 16 mounting flanges

3000068- power supplies of up 19-inch cabinet with front vertical


1FCR1A to 96 A mounting flanges
Four channels (two
3000068- 21-inch cabinet with front vertical
active and two 50, 50, 50, 50
2FCR1A mounting flanges
standby)
3000068- 21-inch cabinet with rear vertical
2BCR1A mounting flanges

Configuration Principle

u The current should be matched. A certain margin is required for capacity expansion in
future.

Version: 01 103
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u The mounting mode of the PDP (3000068) should match the cabinet type.

Applicable Standards

Item Standard
EMI (Electromagnetic RE (Radiated Emission) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
Interference) CE (Conducted Emission) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant

ESD (ESD protection) IEC61000-4-2 standard-compliant

RS (Radiated
IEC61000-4-3 standard-compliant
EMC Susceptibility)
(Electromagnetic EFT (Electrical Fast
IEC61000-4-4 standard-compliant
Compatibility) Transient)
EMS (Electromagnetic
Susceptibility) Surge IEC61000-4-5 standard-compliant

CS (Conducted
IEC61000-4-6 standard-compliant
Susceptibility)

DIP (Voltage Dip) IEC61000-4-29 standard-compliant

Safety standard IEC60950 standard-compliant

4.5.1.3 Terminals on the Panels

This section introduces the panels and connectors of the PDP (3000068) with three branch
switches.

Front Panel

Figure 4-20 shows the front panel of the PDP (3000068).

Figure 4-20 Front Panel of the PDP (3000068)

Connector Panel

After removing the front panel of the PDP (3000068), you can see components such as
connectors and jumper pins on the panel of the PDP (3000068), as shown in Figure 4-21.

104 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Figure 4-21 PDP (3000068) Connector Panel

Table 4-36 Components on the PDP (3000068) Connector Panel

Connector and Jumper Pin Description


The external -48 V power input connectors. The connectors A and
-48V_A, -48V_B
B are in mutual backup.

The external 0 V power input connectors. The connectors A and B


0V_A, 0V_B
are in mutual backup.

PE Protection earth ground connector

Automatic circuit breakers (ACB) / output connectors of the -48 V


-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_3
branch power rail, corresponding to -48V_A.

Automatic circuit breakers (ACB) / output connectors of the -48 V


-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_3
branch power rail, corresponding to -48V_B.

0V_A_1 to 0V_A_3 (XS1) 0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to 0V_A.

0V_B_1 to 0V_B_3 (XS2) 0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to 0V_B.

AlmIn1 to AlmIn3 Subrack alarm convergence connectors


XP1 Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet
XS4 Alarm connector for the cabinet-top indicators

SPK1 Buzzer, used to generate audio alarms

Version: 01 105
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-36 Components on the PDP (3000068) Connector Panel (Continued)

Connector and Jumper Pin Description


JP1 is the jumper pin for selecting the PDP's working status
indicator. Two selection methods can be used as follows.
u When pin1 and pin2 of JP1 are shorted, the green indicator
JP1 on the cabinet shows the power-on state of the PDP.
u When pin2 and pin3 of JP1 are shorted (factory default), the
green indicator (ON or OFF) on the cabinet top is controlled
by the CALL (order wire call) signal.

XS3 Power supply lightning protection module socket

4.5.1.4 Connections

Figure 4-22 Connections of the PDP (3000068)

4.5.1.5 Lightning Protection Module

Material Number

3578403R2A

Failure Indicator

An indicator is located on the lightning protection module. OFF indicates normal status and
solid red indicates failure.

106 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Precaution for Lightning Protection Module Replacement

Power off the lightning protection module when replacing it. If the replacement is required
when the module is powered on, wrap the screwdriver with the insulating tape carefully.

4.5.2 PDP (3000064)

The PDP850A (3000064) is installed in the upper part of the cabinet to power subracks in
the cabinet. It can provide up to eight channels of 63 A power supply.

4.5.2.1 Appearance

Figure 4-23 Appearance of the PDP (3000064) Without Indicators - a Bottom Baffle Excluded

Figure 4-24 Appearance of the PDP (3000064) Without Indicators - a Bottom Baffle Included

Version: 01 107
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-25 Appearance of the PDP (3000064) with Indicators - Eight Branch Switches

Figure 4-26 Appearance of the PDP (3000064) with Indicators - Four Branch Switches

4.5.2.2 Specifications

Function Specification

Item Specification

u Four (two active and two standby) for PDPs with extended sub-models
1FN, 2FN and 2BN
Number of branch switches
u Eight (four active and four standby) for PDPs with other extended sub-
models
Standard working voltage -48 V

108 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Item Specification
Voltage range -38 V to -60 V
Receives alarm signals reported from the corresponding equipment,
provides audio alarms for the signals, illuminates the cabinet-top indicators
Alarm signal processing
and outputs alarm signals to the upper layer equipment (such as the head of
Alarm function row cabinet).

When the lightning protection module fails, the PDP outputs the lightning
Lightning protection
protection failure signals, and reports them to the network management
module alarm report
system via the equipment.

Differential mode
Lightning protection 2 kV
protection
for DC power
Common mode
supply 4 kV
protection

Operating temperature -10℃ to 55℃


Storage temperature -40℃ to 70℃
Environment
Relative humidity ≤ 95%
Atmospheric pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa
u For PDPs with extended sub-models 2BA, 2BB, 2BC, 2BF, 2BG and
2BI
21-inch: 530 × 146 × 124
Dimensions (D × W × H) (mm)
u For PDPs with other extended sub-models
19-inch: 483 × 146 × 150
21-inch: 530 × 146 × 150
u 4.7 (for PDPs with extended sub-models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN)
Weight (kg)
u 4.815 (for PDPs with other extended sub-models)

Specifications of Sub-Models

Sub-Model Rated Current of Branch Switch (A) Mounting Mode

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BAR1A 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BBR1A 20, 50, 50, 20, 20, 50, 50, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BCR1A 16, 50, 50, 16, 16, 50, 50, 16
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BDR1A 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BER1A 20, 50, 50, 20, 20, 50, 50, 20
mounting flanges

Version: 01 109
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Sub-Model Rated Current of Branch Switch (A) Mounting Mode

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BFR1A 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BGR1A 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16
mounting flanges

19-inch cabinet with front vertical


3000064-1FHR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with front vertical


3000064-2FHR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BHR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

19-inch cabinet with front vertical


3000064-1FHZR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with front vertical


3000064-2FHZR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BHZR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BIR1A 20, 50, 50, 20, 20, 50, 50, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BJR1A 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BKR1AA 20, 63, 63, 20, 20, 63, 63, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BLR1AA 16, 63, 63, 16, 16, 63, 63, 16
mounting flanges

19-inch cabinet with front vertical


3000064-1FMR1AA 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with front vertical


3000064-2FMR1AA 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BMR1AA 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32
mounting flanges

19-inch cabinet with front vertical


3000064-1FNR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with front vertical


3000064-2FNR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BNR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

110 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Sub-Model Rated Current of Branch Switch (A) Mounting Mode

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BDZR1AA 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical


3000064-2BFZR1AA 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
mounting flanges

Configuration Principle

u The current should be appropriate. A certain margin is required for capacity expansion
in future.

u The mounting mode of the PDP (3000064) should match the cabinet type.

Applicable Standards

Item Standard
Electromagnetic Radiated Emission (RE) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
Interference (EMI) Conducted Emission (CE) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) IEC61000-4-2 standard-compliant

Radiated Susceptibility
IEC61000-4-3 standard-compliant
(RS)
Electromagnetic
Electrical Fast Transient
Compatibility (EMC) IEC61000-4-4 standard-compliant
Electromagnetic (EFT)

Susceptibility (EMS) Surge IEC61000-4-5 standard-compliant

Conducted Susceptibility
IEC61000-4-6 standard-compliant
(CS)

Voltage Dip (DIP) IEC61000-4-29 standard-compliant

Safety standard IEC60950 standard-compliant

4.5.2.3 Connectors on the Panel

Front Panel

Figure 4-27 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-models 2BA
to 2BG, 2BI, 2BJ, 2BDZ and 2BFZ. The location of each ACB is marked on the front panel.
SW1-1 to SW1-4 control four channels of -48 V power supplies in area A, and SW2-1 to
SW2-4 control four channels of -48 V power supplies in area B.

Version: 01 111
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-27 Panel of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI, 2BJ, 2BDZ
and 2BFZ

Figure 4-28 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-model 1FH,
1FHZ, 1FM, 2FH, 2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM. These models are added
with lightning protection failure alarm indicators (FAIL). FAIL1 indicates the XS15 power
lightning protection failure alarm and FAIL2 indicates the XS16 power lightning protection
failure alarm.

Figure 4-28 Panel of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FH, 1FHZ, 1FM, 2FH, 2FHZ,
2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM

Figure 4-29 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-models 1FN,
2FN and 2BN. These PDPs have four branch switches (two active and two standby).

112 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Figure 4-29 Panel of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN

Connector Panel

After removing the front panel of the PDP (3000064), you can see that components such as
connectors and jumper pins are distributed on the panel of the PDP (3000064). Figure 4-30
shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI,
2BJ, 2BDZ and 2BFZ.

Figure 4-30 Connectors on the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI, 2BJ,
2BDZ and 2BFZ

Version: 01 113
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-37 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI, 2BJ,
2BDZ or 2BFZ

Connector and Jumper Pin Description


-48V_1 to -48V_4 in area A, -48V_1 to Connects 2 × 4 external power supply -48 V signals; area
-48V_4 in area B A and area B back up each other.

External power supply 0 V input connectors; area A and


Eight connectors on the busbar
area B back up each other.

Two protection earth ground terminals, connecting to the


XS6
external earth ground bar and cabinet respectively.

-48 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_4 (XS2, XS7)
-48V_1 to -48V_4 in area A

-48 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_4 (XS3, XS8)
-48V_1 to -48V_4 in area B

0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


0V_A_1 to 0V_A_4 (XS4, XS5)
connectors in area A
0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_4 (XS9, XS10)
connectors in area B
AlmIn1 to AlmIn4 (XS1, XS13, XS14,
Subrack alarm convergence connectors
XS15)

XP1 Alarm connector for the cabinet-top indicator


XP2 Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet
SPK1 Buzzer, used to generate audio alarms

JP1 is the jumper pin for selecting the PDP's working


status indicator. Two selection methods can be used as
follows.
u When pin1 and pin2 of JP1 are shorted, the green
indicator on the cabinet shows the power-on state of
JP1
the PDP.
u When pin2 and pin3 of JP1 are shorted (factory
default), the green indicator (ON or OFF) on the
cabinet top is controlled by the CALL (order wire call)
signal.

XS11, XS12 Power supply lightning protection module sockets

Figure 4-31 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-models 1FH,
1FHZ, 1FM, 2FH, 2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM.

114 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Figure 4-31 Connectors on the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FH, 1FHZ, 1FM, 2FH,
2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM

Table 4-38 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FH, 1FHZ, 1FM, 2FH,
2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM

Connector and Jumper Pin Description


-48V_1 to -48V_4 in area A, -48V_1 to Connects 2 × 4 external power supply -48 V signals; area
-48V_4 in area B A and area B back up each other.

External power supply 0 V input connectors; area A and


Eight connectors on the busbar
area B back up each other.

Two protection earth ground terminals, connecting to the


XS14
external earth ground bar and cabinet respectively.

-48 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_4 (XS6, XS10)
-48V_1 to -48V_4 in area A

-48 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_4 (XS7, XS11)
-48V_1 to -48V_4 in area B

0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


0V_A_1 to 0V_A_4 (XS8, XS9)
connectors in area A
0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_4 (XS12, XS13)
connectors in area B
XS1 to XS4 Subrack alarm convergence connectors
XP1 to XP4 Alarm cascade connectors
XP6 Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet
XP7 Alarm connector for the cabinet-top indicator

XS15, XS16 Power supply lightning protection module sockets

Version: 01 115
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-32 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-models 1FN,
2FN and 2BN.

Figure 4-32 Connectors on the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN

Table 4-39 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN

Connector and Jumper Pin Description


-48V_1 to -48V_2 in area A, -48V_1 to Connects 2 × 2 external power supply -48 V signals; area
-48V_2 in area B A and area B back up each other.

External power supply 0 V input connectors; area A and


Eight connectors on the busbar
area B back up each other.

Two protection earth ground terminals, connecting to the


XS14
external earth ground bar and cabinet respectively.

-48 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_2 (XS6)
-48V_1 to -48V_2 in area A

-48 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_2 (XS7)
-48V_1 to -48V_2 in area B

0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to


0V_A_1 to 0V_A_2 (XS8)
connectors in area A
0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_2 (XS12)
connectors in area B
XS1 to XS2 Subrack alarm convergence connectors
XP1 to XP2 Alarm cascade connectors
XP6 Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet

116 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Table 4-39 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN
(Continued)

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

XP7 Alarm connector for the cabinet-top indicator

XS15, XS16 Power supply lightning protection module sockets

4.5.2.4 Connections

Figure 4-33 Connections of the PDP (3000064) - Eight Branch Switches

Version: 01 117
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-34 Connections of the PDP (3000064) - Four Branch Switches

4.5.2.5 Lightning Protection Module

Material Number

3578403R2A

Failure Indicator

An indicator is located on the lightning protection module. OFF indicates normal status and
solid red indicates failure.

Precaution for Lightning Protection Module Replacement

Power off the lightning protection module before replacing it. If the module needs to be
replaced during power-on, wrap the screwdriver with an insulating tape carefully.

118 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.5.3 PDP (3000082)

The PDP1063A (3000082) is installed in the upper part of the cabinet to power subracks in
the cabinet.

4.5.3.1 Appearance

Figure 4-35 Appearance of the PDP (3000082)

4.5.3.2 Specifications

Function Specification

Item Specification

Number of branch switches Ten (five active and five standby)

Standard working voltage -48 V


Voltage range -38 V to -60 V
Receives alarm signals reported from the corresponding equipment,
provides audio alarms for the signals, illuminates the cabinet-top indicators
Alarm signal processing
and outputs alarm signals to the upper layer equipment (such as the head of
row cabinet).

Operating temperature -10℃ to 55℃


Storage temperature -40℃ to 70℃
Environment
Relative humidity ≤ 95%
Atmospheric pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa

Version: 01 119
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Item Specification
Dimensions (W × H × D) (mm) 21-inch: 530 × 145 × 149
Weight (kg) 6.08

Specifications of Sub-Models

Number of Branch Rated Current of


Sub-Model Mounting Mode
Switches Branch Switch (A)

A maximum of 63 A
3000082-2BAR1AA for a single channel
(active / standby)
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 63
A, 20 A
3000082-2BBR1AA
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 63
A, 20 A
Ten (five active and 21-inch cabinet with rear vertical
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 20
five standby) mounting flanges
A, 20 A
3000082-2BCR1AA
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 20
A, 20 A
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 63
A, 63 A
3000082-2BAZR1AA
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 63
A, 63 A

Configuration Principle

u The current should be appropriate. A certain margin is required for capacity expansion
in future.

u The mounting mode of the PDP (3000082) should match the cabinet type.

Applicable Standards

Item Standard
Electromagnetic Radiated Emission (RE) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
Interference (EMI) Conducted Emission (CE) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) IEC61000-4-2 standard-compliant


Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) Radiated Susceptibility
IEC61000-4-3 standard-compliant
Electromagnetic (RS)
Susceptibility (EMS) Electrical Fast Transient
IEC61000-4-4 standard-compliant
(EFT)

120 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Item Standard
Surge IEC61000-4-5 standard-compliant

Conducted Susceptibility
IEC61000-4-6 standard-compliant
(CS)

Voltage Dip (DIP) IEC61000-4-29 standard-compliant

Safety standard IEC60950 standard-compliant

4.5.3.3 Terminals on the Panels

Front Panel

The automatic circuit breakers (ACBs) for power supplies are identified on the front panel
of the PDP (3000082), as shown in Figure 4-36. SW1-1 to SW1-5 control on / off for five
channels of -48 V power supply in area A. SW2-1 to SW2-5 control on / off for five
channels of -48 V power supply in area B.

Figure 4-36 Front Panel of the PDP (3000082)

Connector Panel

After removing the front panel of the PDP (3000082), you can see components such as
connectors and jumper pins on the panel of the PDP (3000082), as shown in Figure 4-37.

Version: 01 121
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-37 PDP (3000082) Connector Panel

Table 4-40 Components on the PDP (3000082) Connector Panel

Connector and Jumper Pin Description


Connects 2 × 5 channels of external -48 V power supply signals.
-48V_1 to -48V_5 in area A, -48V_1 to -48V_5 in area B
Connectors A and B are in mutual backup.

External 0 V power input connectors. Connectors A and B are in


Ten connectors on the busbar
mutual backup.

Connects to the cabinet-top earth ground point to provide the


PDP earth ground point
PDP protection

-48 V power output connectors, corresponding to -48V_1 to


-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_5 (XS6, XS10)
-48V_5 in area A

-48 V power output connectors, corresponding to -48V_1 to


-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_5 (XS7, XS11)
-48V_5 in area B

0 V power output connectors, corresponding to connectors in


0V_A_1 to 0V_A_5 (XS8, XS9)
area A
0 V power output connectors, corresponding to connectors in
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_5 (XS12, XS13)
area B
Equipment alarm convergence connectors (XS1 to XS5) RJ–45 connectors, which collect the equipment output alarms

Alarm cascade connectors (XP1 to XP5) Correspond to XS1 to XS5 respectively

Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet (XP6) Connects to the alarm connector for the head of row cabinet
Alarm indicator connector on the cabinet top (XP7) Connects to the alarm indicator connector on the cabinet top

122 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.5.3.4 Connections

Figure 4-38 Connections of the PDP (3000082)

4.6 PDP Power Cable

This section introduces PDP power cables applicable to the FONST 5000 U series.

Table 4-41 PDP850A (3000064) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Reference


-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000033R1A, black
-48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

Table 4-42 PDP1063A (3000082) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Reference


-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000033R1A, black
-48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

Version: 01 123
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-43 PDP296B (3000068) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Reference


-48 V, 408000076R1A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000075R1A, black
-48 V, 408000021R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000020R1A, black

4.6.1 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 3696097 (blue)

u 408000033 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-39 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Figure 4-39 PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-44 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-44 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 / blue, black


Terminal X1 Cord end terminal
X2 Bare wire

124 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Table 4-44 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable (Continued)

Item Specification

Terminal X3 Copper terminal

X4 Bare wire

4.6.2 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000003 (blue)

u 408000006 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-40 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Figure 4-40 PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-45 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-45 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 / blue, black


Terminal X1 Cord end terminal
X2 Bare wire
Terminal X3 M6 ring terminal
X4 Bare wire

Version: 01 125
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.6.3 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000021 (blue)

u 408000020 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-41 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Figure 4-41 PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-46 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-46 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 ring terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.6.4 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000075 (black)

u 408000076 (blue)

126 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Structure

Figure 4-42 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Figure 4-42 PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-47 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-47 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 / blue, black

Terminal X1 M6 ring terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.6.5 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable leads in DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000003 (blue)

u 408000199 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-43 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Version: 01 127
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-43 PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-48 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-48 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification
Cable type Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 / blue, black
Terminal X1 Cord end terminal
X2 Bare wire
Terminal X3 Copper terminal

X4 Bare wire

4.6.6 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable leads in DC power into the equipment.

Model

u 408000217 (blue)

u 408000443 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-44 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

128 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Figure 4-44 PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-49 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-49 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification
Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×35 mm2 / blue,
Cable type
black
Terminal X1 Cord end terminal
X2 Bare wire
Terminal X3 Copper terminal
X4 Bare wire

4.7 Protection Earth Ground Cable

This section introduces protection earth ground cables applicable to the FONST 5000 U
series.

4.7.1 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

The subrack protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding hole on the
equipment's subrack to a mounting hole on the vertical mounting flange of the cabinet,
ensuring that the subrack is properly grounded.

Model

408000165

Version: 01 129
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Structure

Figure 4-45 shows the structure of the subrack protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-45 Appearance of the Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-50 describes technical specifications of the subrack protection earth ground cable.

Table 4-50 Technical Specifications of the Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification
Protection earth ground cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2
Cable model
(yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 ring terminal

4.7.2 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

The cabinet protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding point at the
cabinet top to the protection earth ground (PE) of the head of row cabinet, and thus protects
the cabinet.

Model

408000159

Structure

Figure 4-46 shows the structure of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-46 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

130 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Technical Specifications

Table 4-51 describes technical specifications of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Table 4-51 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 Two-hole M6 ring terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.7.3 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

The cabinet protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding point at the
cabinet top to the protection earth ground (PE) of the head of row cabinet, and thus protects
the cabinet.

Model

408000041

Structure

Figure 4-47 shows the structure of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-47 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-52 describes technical specifications of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Version: 01 131
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-52 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification
Cable type Cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 M6 ring terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.7.4 PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

The PDP protection earth ground cable connects the PDP on the top of the cabinet to the
earth ground bar in the equipment room, thereby protecting the PDP.

Model

408000007

Structure

Figure 4-48 shows the structure of the PDP protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-48 PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-53 describes technical specifications of the PDP protection earth ground cable.

Table 4-53 Technical Specifications of the PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable RV-1×10 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 M6 uninsulated ring terminal

Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

132 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

4.7.5 Protection Earth Ground Cable

The cable provides protection earth ground for the equipment and cabinet.

Model

3696084

Structure

Figure 4-49 shows the structure of the protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-49 Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-54 describes technical specifications of the protection earth ground cable.

Table 4-54 Technical Specifications of the Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cable RV1×4 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 ring terminal

4.7.6 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

The subrack protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding hole on the
equipment's subrack to a mounting hole on the vertical mounting flange of the cabinet,
ensuring that the subrack is properly grounded.

Version: 01 133
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Model

408000166

Structure

Figure 4-50 shows the structure of the subrack protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-50 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-55 describes technical specifications of the subrack protection earth ground cable.

Table 4-55 Technical Specifications of the Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification
Cable type Cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 ring terminal

4.7.7 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

The cabinet protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding point at the
cabinet top to the protection earth ground (PE) of the head of row cabinet, and thus protects
the cabinet.

Model

408000019

134 Version: 01
4 Power Supply

Structure

Figure 4-51 shows the structure of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-51 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-56 describes technical specifications of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Table 4-56 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification
Cable type Cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 M6 ring terminal

Terminal X2 Bare wire

Version: 01 135
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

This chapter introduces service cards applicable to the electrical-layer subrack of the
FONST 5000 U series.

5.1 Tributary Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure of
tributary cards.

5.1.1 Overview of Tributary Cards

This section introduces the positioning of tributary cards in the system and their working
principles.

5.1.1.1 Positioning of the Card in the System

The tributary cards are used to access client-side services.

Figure 5-1 Positioning of the Tributary Card in the OTN System

136 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.1.2 Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 5-2 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the Tributary Card

Note:

The signal flow directions of a tributary card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined
as the direction from the client side to the backplane, and Rx is defined as the
reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

The client-side service signals are input from the IN1 to INn interfaces and sent to the
optical module for O/E conversion. The converted electrical signals are sent to the data
processing module. After corresponding service encapsulation and overhead
processing based on network management configuration, these electrical signals are
sent to the backplane for cross-connect grooming.

u In the Rx direction

The electrical signals groomed from the cross-connect card are sent to the data
processing module via the backplane. After overhead processing, these signals are sent
to the optical module for E/O conversion, and then sent to the client side via the OUT1
to OUTn optical interfaces.

5.1.2 xTN1

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

The xTN1 series include 8TN1, 16TN1, 24TN1 and 32TN1 cards.

Version: 01 137
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.2.1 Functions of the xTN1 Card

Table 5-1 Functions and Features of the xTN1 Card

Function and Feature Description


Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into ODU0,
ODUflex, and ODU1 signals.
u 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals→ODU0
Basic function
u 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals→ODU1
u n × 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals→ODU1 (OPTM)
u FC400 / FICON4G→ODUflex
FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1 / OC-3: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-4 / OC-12: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 622.08 Mbit/s
STM-16 / OC-48: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 2488.32 Mbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FC200: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FC400: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
HD-SDI: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 / 1.001 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODUflex signals from / to the cross-connect
card via the backplane bus.
u The access capacity of the 8TN1 and 16TN1 cards is 20 Gbit/s.
Cross-connect capability u The access capacity of the 24TN1 card is 40 Gbit/s. 20 Gbit/s for the front sixteen
interfaces and 20 Gbit/s for the rear eight interfaces.
u The access capacity of the 32TN1 card is 40 Gbit/s. 20 Gbit/s for the front sixteen
interfaces and the rear sixteen interfaces, respectively.

The mapping complies with the ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T G.709; the ITU-T G.709 compliant
frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
OTU1 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTN function ODU1 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
ODU0 layer: Supports PM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.

138 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-1 Functions and Features of the xTN1 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Ethernet test function Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM section when the card accesses non-OTN services.


Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

Physical-layer clock Supported

Ethernet service
Encapsulates GE services in GE (TTT-GMP) and GE (GFP-T) modes.
encapsulation mode

Client-side loopback
Loopback u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.2.2 Front Panel of the xTN1 Card

Figure 5-3 Front Panel of the 8TN1 Card

Figure 5-4 Front Panel of the 16TN1 Card (2200836)

Version: 01 139
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-5 Front Panel of the 24TN1 Card

Figure 5-6 Front Panel of the 32TN1 Card

Table 5-2 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.2.3 Specifications of the xTN1 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-3 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN1 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1.25G SFP SFF


8TN1
2.5G TDM SFP

1.25G SFP SFF


16TN1 (2200836)
2.5G TDM SFP

24TN1 2.5G TDM SFP


32TN1 2.5G TDM SFP

140 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-4 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN1 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
8TN1 407 × 30 1.59
16TN1 (2200836) 407 × 30 1.59
24TN1 407 × 30 1.875
32TN1 407 × 30 1.875

Power Consumption

Table 5-5 Power Consumption of the xTN1 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


8TN1 72
16TN1 (2200836) 80
24TN1 76
32TN1 99

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-6 Applicable Subrack for the xTN1 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

8TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

16TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60, FONST 5000 U10E,
16TN1 (2200836S1A)
FONST 5000 U20E
24TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

32TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.3 16TN1 (2202772)

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

Version: 01 141
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.3.1 Functions of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Table 5-7 Functions and Features of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Function and Feature Description


Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into ODU0, ODU1,
ODU2, ODU2e and ODUflex signals.
u 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals→ODU0
u 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals→ODU1
Basic function u 4 × STM-4→ODU1
u OTU1→2 × ODU0
u 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2 / FC800 / FICON8G→ODU2
u 10GE LAN / OTU2e / FC1200→ODU2e
u 3G-SDI / 3G-SDIRBR / FC400 / FICON4G / FC800 / FICON8G→ODUflex
FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1 / OC-3: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-4 / OC-12: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 622.08 Mbit/s
STM-16 / OC-48: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 2488.32 Mbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FC200: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FC400: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
HD-SDI: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
HD-SDIRBR: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 / 1.001 Gbit/s
3G-SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 / 1.001 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FICON8G: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s

142 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-7 Functions and Features of the 16TN1 Card (2202772) (Continued)

Function and Feature Description


Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from / to the
Cross-connect capability
cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709 compliant
frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
ODU0 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
ODU1 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
OTN function and TCM.
ODU2 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
OTU1 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Ethernet test function Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM section when the card accesses non-OTN services.


Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Version: 01 143
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-7 Functions and Features of the 16TN1 Card (2202772) (Continued)

Function and Feature Description


Encapsulates GE services in GE (TTT-GMP) and GE (GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet service
Encapsulates 10GE LAN services in Bit transparent mapping (11.1G) and MAC transparent
encapsulation mode
mapping (10.7G) modes.

ODUk channel loopback


u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.3.2 Front Panel of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Figure 5-7 Front Panel of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Table 5-8 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

144 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.3.3 Specifications of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Optical Module

Table 5-9 Optical Module Specifications of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Card Optical Module Specification


10G TDM XFP SFP+
16TN1 (2202772)
2.5G TDM SFP

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-10 Mechanical Specifications of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

16TN1 (2202772) 407 × 30 2.13

Power Consumption

Table 5-11 Power Consumption of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

16TN1 (2202772) 154

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-12 Subracks Applicable to the 16TN1 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

16TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.4 xTN2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

The xTN2 series include the 4TN2, 8TN2, 10TN2, 12TN2 and 20TN2 cards.

Version: 01 145
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.4.1 Functions of the xTN2 Card

Table 5-13 Functions and Features of the xTN2 Card

Function and Feature Description


Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into ODU2,
ODU2e, and ODUflex signals.
Basic function u 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2 / FC800 / FICON8G→ODU2
u 10GE LAN / OTU2e / FC1200→ODU2e
u FC800 / FC1600→ODUflex
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
Client-side service type OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from / to the cross-connect
Cross-connect capability
card via the backplane bus.

u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709
compliant frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
OTN function u ODU2 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing.
u ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
u OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Ethernet test function Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM section when the card accesses non-OTN services.


Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

146 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-13 Functions and Features of the xTN2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Ethernet service Encapsulates 10GE LAN services in Bit transparent mapping (11.1G) and MAC transparent
encapsulation mode mapping (10.7G) modes.

ODUk channel loopback


u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.4.2 Front Panel of the xTN2 Card

Figure 5-8 Front Panel of the 4TN2 Card

Figure 5-9 Front Panel of the 8TN2 Card

Figure 5-10 Front Panel of the 10TN2 Card

Figure 5-11 Front Panel of the 12TN2 Card

Figure 5-12 Front Panel of the 20TN2 Card

Version: 01 147
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-14 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.4.3 Specifications of the xTN2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-15 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


4TN2 10G TDM XFP SFP+

8TN2 10G TDM XFP SFP+

10TN2 10G TDM XFP SFP+


12TN2 10G TDM XFP SFP+
10G TDM XFP SFP+
20TN2
16G FC

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-16 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
4TN2 407 × 30 1.7
8TN2 407 × 30 1.55

148 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-16 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN2 Card (Continued)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
10TN2 407 × 30 1.6
12TN2 407 × 30 1.93
20TN2 407 × 30 2

Power Consumption

Table 5-17 Power Consumption of the xTN2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


4TN2 108
8TN2 110
10TN2 112
12TN2 115

20TN2 125

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-18 Applicable Subracks for the xTN2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

4TN2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

8TN2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

10TN2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60


12TN2 (2201025) FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60
FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60, FONST 5000 U10E,
12TN2 (2201903)
FONST 5000 U20E
20TN2 (2201209) FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 to U60
FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 to U60, FONST 5000 U10E,
20TN2 (2202002)
FONST 5000 U20E

5.1.5 20TP2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

Version: 01 149
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.5.1 Functions of the 20TP2 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-19 Functions and Features of the 20TP2 Card

Function and
Description
Feature
Basic function Supports accessing Ethernet service signals and processing packet services.

Backplane bandwidth 200 Gbit/s


Ethernet data frame
Supports IEEE 802.3, Ethernet II, IEEE 802.1Q and IEEE 802.1p.
format
Port MTU 1500 to 9600 bytes

Service type E-Line (VPWS), E-LAN (VPLS)

Service bearer mode Port bearer, PW bearer, QinQ


QinQ Supported
PW-carried service model Port↔PW
CVLAN↔PW
SVLAN↔PW
PW↔PW (MS-PW)
Port↔Port
E-Line
Port-carried service model CVLAN↔Port
SVLAN↔Port
Port↔Port

UNI-UNI service model CVLAN↔CVLAN; VLAN switching supported

SVLAN↔SVLAN, VLAN switching supported

Bridge type IEEE 802.1d, IEEE 802.1q, IEEE 802.1ad

E-LAN Bridge learning mode T-Aware: IVL


VSI TAG type T-Aware

Tunnel APS Supports 1+1 and 1:1 protections, compliant with ITU-T G.8131.

PW APS Supports the 1:1 protection, compliant with ITU-T G.8131.


Protection
Supports intra-card and inter-card LAG, compliant with IEEE
LAG
802.1ax.
Diffserv Supported, compliant with RFC 2474 and RFC 2475.

u Simple traffic classification


Traffic Classification u Complex traffic classification, which customizes access control
QoS
list (ACL) rules based on the contents of packets

Traffic monitoring CAR, two rate three color marker (trTCM), compliant with RFC 2698

Congestion management CoS; SP / WFQ queue scheduling schemes

150 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-19 Functions and Features of the 20TP2 Card (Continued)

Function and
Description
Feature
Congestion avoidance WRED, tail drop

Traffic shaping Port-based traffic shaping, queue-based traffic shaping

LPT protection Supported

IGMP Snooping
Supported
V1/V2/V3
Supported, compliant with IEEE 802.1ag, ITU-T Y.1731 / ITU-T
Ethernet service OAM (CFM)
G.8013 and ITU-T Y.1730
MPLS-TP OAM Supported; compliant with ITU-T G.8113.1
Maintenance
MPLS OAM Supported; compliant with ITU-T Y.1711 and ITU-T Y.1561

RMON monitoring Supported

Port mirroring Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported


Synchronization
IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Application

After receiving 10GE service signals and processing packet services, the 20TP2 card sends
the packets to the cross-connect card for centralized grooming. The mixed service line card
converts the packet signals into OTUk for transmission.

Figure 5-13 Application of the 20TP2 Cards in the System

Version: 01 151
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.5.2 Front Panel of the 20TP2 Card

Figure 5-14 Front Panel of the 20TP2 Card

Table 5-20 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms


are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.5.3 Specifications of the 20TP2 Card

Optical Modules

Table 5-21 Optical Module Specifications of the 20TP2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


10G TDM XFP SFP+ optical module
20TP2
2.5G TDM SFP optical module

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

152 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-22 Mechanical Specifications of the 20TP2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)


20TP2 407 × 30 1.33

Power Consumption

Table 5-23 Power Consumption of the 20TP2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


20TP2 90

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-24 Subracks Applicable to the 20TP2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

20TP2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

5.1.6 xTN3

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

The xTN3 series include the 1TN3 and 5TN3 cards.

5.1.6.1 Functions of the xTN3 Card

Table 5-25 Functions and Features of the xTN3 Card

Functions and Features Description


Converts the OTN, SDH and Ethernet service signals at service ports into ODU3 signals.
u OC-768/OTU3→ODU3
u 40GE (TTT+GMP)→ODU3
Basic function
u 40GE (GFP-F)→ODU3
u 40GE (GFP-F)→ODUflex
u OTU3→ODU3
STM-256 / OC-768: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 39.81 Gbit/s
Client-side service type 40GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 41.25 Gbit/s
OTU3: OTN service at a rate of 43.02 Gbit/s

Version: 01 153
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-25 Functions and Features of the xTN3 Card (Continued)

Functions and Features Description


Supports cross-connections of ODU3 signals from / to the cross-connect card via the backplane
Cross-connect capability
bus.
The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709 compliant
frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
OTN function ODU3 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
OTU3 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
monitoring
power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Ethernet test function Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM and TCM sections when the card accesses non-OTN services.
Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

Ethernet service
Supports encapsulation of 40GE services in TTT-GMP and GFP-F formats.
encapsulation mode

Client-side loopback
Loopback u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.6.2 Front Panel of the xTN3 Card

Figure 5-15 Front Panel of the 1TN3 Card

154 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-16 Front Panel of the 5TN3 Card

Table 5-26 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.6.3 Specifications of the xTN3 Card

Optical Modules

Table 5-27 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN3 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1TN3 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+

5TN3 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Version: 01 155
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-28 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN3 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)


1TN3 407 × 30 2.4
5TN3 407 × 30 2.05

Power Consumption

Table 5-29 Power Consumption of the xTN3 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


1TN3 99
5TN3 117

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-30 Applicable Subracks for the xTN3 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1TN3 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5TN3 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

5.1.7 xTN4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

The xTN4 series include the 1TN4, 2TN4 and 4TN4 cards.

156 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.7.1 Functions of the xTN4 Card

Table 5-31 Functions and Features of the xTN4 Card

Function and Feature Description


Converts the OTN and Ethernet service signals at service ports into ODU4 and ODUflex
signals.
Basic function u 100GE (Bit transparent mapping) / (MAC transparent mapping)→ODU4
u 100GE (MAC transparent mapping)→ODUflex
u OTU4→ODU4
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU4 / ODUflex signals from / to the cross-connect card via the
Cross-connect capability
backplane bus.

The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709 compliant
frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
ODU4 layer:
u Supports PM functions when the card accesses 100GE services.
OTN function
u Supports PM and TCM overhead processing as well as non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM when the card accesses OTU4 services.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
OTU4 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
monitoring
power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses 100GE services.

Ethernet test function Supported when the card accesses 100GE (GFP-F) services.

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM and TCM sections when the card accesses non-OTN services.
Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

MAC transparent mapping: Supports synchronous Ethernet processing.


Physical-layer clock
Bit transparent mapping: Supports synchronous Ethernet transparent transmissions.

Version: 01 157
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-31 Functions and Features of the xTN4 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description


Ethernet service Supports encapsulating 100GE services in Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent
encapsulation mode mapping modes.

Client-side loopback
Loopback u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.7.2 Front Panel of the xTN4 Card

Figure 5-17 Front Panel of the 1TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP)

Figure 5-18 Front Panel of the 1TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

Figure 5-19 Front Panel of the 2TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP)

Figure 5-20 Front Panel of the 2TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

Figure 5-21 Front Panel of the 4TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

Figure 5-22 Front Panel of the 4TN4 Card (Single-Slot, QSFP28)

158 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-23 Front Panel of the 5TN4 Card (Single-Slot, QSFP28)

Table 5-32 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is working properly.
ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are


blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on this card.
OFF: No non-urgent alarm occurs on this card or all non-
Non-urgent alarm urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
this card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
port IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.7.3 Specifications of the xTN4 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-33 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


1TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 100G LR4
1TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 100G ER4
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 100G LR4
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 100G ER4
4TN4 (single-slot, CFP2)
100G LR4
4TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28)
100G LR4
5TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28)
100G QSFP28 ER4

Version: 01 159
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-34 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 407 × 30 2.4


1TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 2.28
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 407 × 30 2.85
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 2.32
4TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 2.85
4TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28) 407 × 30 2.5
5TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28) 407 × 30 2.55

Power Consumption

Table 5-35 Power Consumption of the xTN4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 108


1TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 135
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 130
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 135
4TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 150
4TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28) 110
5TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28) 207

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-36 Applicable Subracks for the xTN4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1TN4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

2TN4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60


FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60, FONST 5000
2TN4 (2201939)
U10E, FONST 5000 U20E
4TN4 (2202009) FONST 5000 U10E, FONST 5000 U20E

160 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-36 Applicable Subracks for the xTN4 Card (Continued)

Card Applicable Subrack


4TN4 (2202624) FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ
4TN4 (2203277) FONST 5000 U10E, FONST 5000 U20E
5TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28) FONST 5000 U10E, FONST 5000 U20E

5.1.8 16VS1

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.1.8.1 Functions of the 16VS1 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-37 Functions and Features of the 16VS1 Card

Function and
Description
Feature
The interfaces 1 to 8 receive and transmit eight STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 / STM-64 signals.
Basic function The interfaces 9 to 16 receive and transmit eight STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 signals.
When interfaces 1 to 8 access STM-64 signals, interfaces 9 to 16 do not access any signals.

STM-1: Provides S-1.1, L-1.1, and L-1.2 standard optical interfaces that support pluggable SFP optical
modules.
STM-4: Provides S-4.1, L-4.1, and L-4.2 standard optical interfaces that support pluggable SFP optical
modules.
Specifications of the STM-16: Provides I-16, S-16.1, S-16.2, L-16.1, L-16.2 and V-16.2 standard optical interfaces that
optical interface support pluggable SFP optical modules.
STM-64: Provides I-64.1, S-64.2b, and L-64.2 standard optical interfaces that support pluggable SFP+
optical modules.
The STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 optical interfaces comply with ITU-T G.957 and the STM-64 optical
interfaces comply with ITU-T G.691.
Cross-connect Supports VC cross-connections. The VC4 cross-connect capacity is 80G. The card supports a
capability maximum of 512 VC4 services.
Supports detecting and querying information about the optical module.
Specifications of the
Supports applying and monitoring pluggable optical modules for easy maintenance.
optical module
The optical interface supports turning on, turning off or automatically shutting down the laser.

Processes section overheads (SOH) of the STM-n signals.


Overhead processing Processes overheads of higher-order paths.
Supports setting and querying the J0 / J1 / C2 bytes.

Version: 01 161
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-37 Functions and Features of the 16VS1 Card (Continued)

Function and
Description
Feature
Alarms and Reports various alarms and performance events for easy management and maintenance of the
performance events equipment.

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

ALS Supported

Supports the VC SNCP.


Protection scheme
Supports the linear multiplex section protection (LMSP).

Supports inloops and outloops at optical interfaces.


Loopback
Supports inloops and outloops on VC-4 paths for fast fault isolation.

Application

Being a type of VC service interface cards, the 16VS1 card receives and transmits VC
service signals, supporting the SDH network and VC over OTN applications.

u SDH network application

The 16VS1 card receives the client-side signals and then sends them to a cross-connect
card for service grooming at a granularity of VC4.

The lower-order cross-connect card receives / transmits VC signals from / to a cross-


connect card at a granularity of VC4. Meanwhile, the lower-order cross-connect card
performs intra-card service grooming at a granularity of VC12.

The cross-connect card sends the VC4 signals to the 16VS1 card for transmissions
over the SDH network.

In this case, the 16VS1 card functions not only as a tributary card but also as a line
card.

162 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-24 SDH Network Application of the 16VS1 Cards

u VC over OTN application

The 16VS1 card receives the client-side signals and then sends them to a cross-connect
card for service grooming at a granularity of VC4.

The lower-order cross-connect card receives / transmits VC signals from / to a cross-


connect card at a granularity of VC4. Meanwhile, the lower-order cross-connect card
performs intra-card service grooming at a granularity of VC12.

The cross-connect card sends VC4 signals to a line card and encapsulates the VC
services into OTUks for transmissions over the OTN.

In this case, the line card must use a mixed service line card xLU2 / xLU4. The
following figure uses the 1LU4 card as an example.

Version: 01 163
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-25 VC over OTN Application of the 16VS1 Cards

5.1.8.2 Front Panel of the 16VS1 Card

Figure 5-26 Front Panel of the 16VS1 Card

Table 5-38 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card
is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms


are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.

164 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-38 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel (Continued)

Sign Meaning Description


OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.8.3 Specifications of the 16VS1 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-39 Optical Module Specifications of the 16VS1 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


155M SFP SFF
622M SFP SFF
16VS1
2.5G TDM SFP
10G TDM XFP SFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-40 Mechanical Specifications of the 16VS1 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

16VS1 407 × 30 2.249

Power Consumption

Table 5-41 Power Consumption of the 16VS1 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

16VS1 117

Version: 01 165
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-42 Applicable Subracks for the 16VS1 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

16VS1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.9 16TE2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

166 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.9.1 Functions of the 16TE2 Card

Table 5-43 Functions and Features of the 16TE2 Card

Function and Feature Description


Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into ODU0, ODU1,
ODU2, ODU2e and ODUflex signals.
u 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals→ODU0
Basic function u 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals→ODU1
u 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2 / FC800 / FICON8G→ODU2
u 10GE LAN / OTU2e / FC1200→ODU2e
u 3G-SDI / 3G-SDIRBR / FC400 / FICON4G / FC800 / FICON8G / FC1600→ODUflex
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1 / OC-3: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-4 / OC-12: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 622.08 Mbit/s
STM-16 / OC-48: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 2488.32 Mbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FC200: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FC400: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
HD-SDI: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 / 1.001 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
3G-SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 / 1.001 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FICON8G: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
FC1600: SAN service at a rate of 14.025 Gbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from / to the
Cross-connect capability
cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Service encryption Supports encrypting any 10 ports.

Version: 01 167
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-43 Functions and Features of the 16TE2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description


The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709 compliant
frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
ODU0 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
ODU1 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
OTN function and TCM.
ODU2 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
OTU1 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Supported when the card accesses 10GE LAN services in MAC transparent mapping (10.7G)
Ethernet test function
mode.
Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM section when the card accesses non-OTN services.


Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

Supported when the card accesses 10GE LAN services in MAC transparent mapping (10.7G)
IEEE 1588v2
mode.
10GE LAN, MAC transparent mapping (10.7G): Supports synchronous Ethernet processing.
Physical-layer clock 10GE LAN, Bit transparent mapping (11.1G): Supports synchronous Ethernet transparent
transmission.

168 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-43 Functions and Features of the 16TE2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description


Encapsulates GE services in GE (TTT-GMP) and GE (GFP-T) modes.
Ethernet service
Encapsulates 10GE LAN services in Bit transparent mapping (11.1G) and MAC transparent
encapsulation mode
mapping (10.7G) modes.

ODUk channel loopback


u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.9.2 Front Panel of the 16TE2 Card

Figure 5-27 Front Panel of the 16TE2 Card (2202753)

Table 5-44 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
Non-urgent alarm are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

Version: 01 169
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.9.3 Specifications of the 16TE2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-45 Optical Module Specifications of the 16TE2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


2.5G TDM SFP
16TE2 10G TDM XFP SFP+
16G FC

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-46 Mechanical Specifications of the 16TE2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
16TE2 407 × 30 2.13

Power Consumption

Table 5-47 Power Consumption of the 16TE2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


16TE2 154

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-48 Subracks Applicable to the 16TE2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

16TE2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.10 12TN2G

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the card.

170 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.10.1 Functions of the 12TN2G Card

Table 5-49 Functions and Features of the 12TN2G Card

Function Description
The functions vary with different scenarios.
u OTN scenario: Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into
ODUk (k = 2, 2e, flex) signals.
Basic function
u VC over OTN scenario: Encapsulates the received VC signals into ODUk signals and sends them
to the backplane for cross-connection; receives SDH service signals and processes VC services.
u TP over OTN scenario: Receives Ethernet service signals and processes packet services.

OTU2 / OTU2e
STM-64
Client-side service
10GE LAN / 10GE WAN
type
FC800
FC1200
The cross-connect capability of the 12TN2G card is described as follows:
u ODUk: 120G
u TP: 120G
Cross-connect
u VC
capability
4 2203028: 20G
4 2203659: 80G
u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the frame format and overhead
processing comply with ITU-T G.709.
u ODU2 layer: Supports PM (non-OTUk service) overhead processing, TCM overhead processing,
OTN function
and non-intrusive monitoring of PM (non-OTUk service) and TCM overheads.
u ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
u OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

u Supports performance statistics of LSP PWs based on the port, packet label and other
characteristics.
TP functions u Adds, replaces or deletes VLAN labels.
u Supports VPWS and VPLS.
u Supports QoS.

ESC function Supported when the card receives / transmits OTU2 / OTU2e services.

PRBS test Supported

Bi-directional
interruption of Supported
Ethernet services

Version: 01 171
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-49 Functions and Features of the 12TN2G Card (Continued)

Function Description
Supports FEC encoding and super FEC encoding (I.4 and I.7) when the card receives / transmits
Error correction OTU2 / OTU2e services, which complies with the ITU-T G.709.
coding In case of super FEC I.4, the twelve ports are divided into three groups: ports 1 to 4, ports 5 to 8, and
ports 9 to 12. Each group is configured with the same FEC type.

u Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.


Alarm and u Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
performance u Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring u Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
power.

ALS function Supported on the client side when the card receives / transmits non-OTN services.

Supported
Ethernet test function Supported when the client side receives / transmits 10GE LAN services in MAC transparent mapping
(10.7G) mode.

When the client side of the card receives / transmits non-OTN services, the delay of the PM section in
Delay measurement the backplane (uplink) direction can be measured. When the client side receives / transmits OTN
services, the delay of the TCM section in the optical interface (downlink) direction can be measured.

Supported when the client side receives / transmits 10GE LAN services and Port Service Mapping
IEEE 1588v2
Path is in MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7G) mode.

Physical-layer clock Supports synchronous Ethernet.

172 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-49 Functions and Features of the 12TN2G Card (Continued)

Function Description

u 2203028

4 Supports the ODUk SNCP (k = 2, 2e, flex) protections.


4 Supports client-side 1+1 protection.
4 Supports tributary SNCP protection.
When ODUflex signals are groomed, the tributary SNCP protection is not supported.
The tributary SNCP protection is supported only when the client side receives / transmits OTN,
SDH or SONET services.

Protection scheme u 2203659

4 Supports ODUk 1+1 protection and OCh 1+1 protection.


4 Supports VC4 SNCP 1+1 protection.
4 Supports LSP 1:1 protection and PW 1:1 protection.
4 Supports PW redundancy protection.
4 Supports LAG protection.
4 Supports ETH 1:1 protection and ETH 1+1 protection.
The following loopbacks are supported:
Loopback u Client-side loopback
u Backplane-side loopback

5.1.10.2 Front Panel of the 12TN2G Card

Figure 5-28 Front Panel of the 12TN2G Card (2203028)

Figure 5-29 Front Panel of the 12TN2G Card (2203659)

Version: 01 173
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-50 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ONNote 1 indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is interrupted.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

Note 1: After the card is electrified, the ACT indicator will be ON until the card starts working. This status is normal.

5.1.10.3 Specifications of the 12TN2G Card

Optical Module

Table 5-51 Optical Module Specifications of the 12TN2G Card

Card Optical Module Specification


12TN2G 10G TDM XFP SFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-52 Mechanical Specifications of the 12TN2G Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

12TN2G (2203028) 407 × 30 2.603


12TN2G (2203659) 407 × 30 1.65

174 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Power Consumption

Table 5-53 Power Consumption of the 12TN2G Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

12TN2G (2203028) 117


12TN2G (2203659) 180

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-54 Subracks Applicable to the 12TN2G Card

Card Applicable Subrack


12TN2G (2203028) FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60
FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 / U60 / U10E /
12TN2G (2203659)
U20E

5.1.11 xTN4G

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

The xTN4G series include the 1TN4G and 2TN4G cards.

5.1.11.1 Functions of the xTN4G Card

Table 5-55 Functions and Features of the xTN4G Card

Function Description
The functions vary with different scenarios.
u OTN scenario: Converts the OTN and Ethernet service signals at service ports into ODUk (k = 4,
Basic function
flex) signals.
u TP over OTN scenario: Accesses Ethernet service signals and processes packet services.

Client-side service OTU4


type 100GE

Version: 01 175
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-55 Functions and Features of the xTN4G Card (Continued)

Function Description

u The cross-connect capability of the 1TN4G card is described as follows:

4 ODUk: 100G
4 TP: 100G
Cross-connect 4 VC: 20G
capability u The cross-connect capability of the 2TN4G card is described as follows:

4 ODUk: 200G
4 TP: 200G
4 VC: 80G
u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709 compliant
frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
u ODU4 layer: Supports PM (non-OTUk service) overhead processing, TCM overhead processing,
OTN function
and non-intrusive monitoring of PM (non-OTUk service) and TCM overheads.
u ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
u OTU4 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

u Supports performance statistics of LSP PWs based on the port, packet label and other
characteristics.
TP functions u Adds, replaces or deletes VLAN labels.
u Supports VPWS and VPLS.
u Supports QoS.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTU4 services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional
interruption of Supported
Ethernet services
u 1TN4G: Supports FEC coding and super FEC coding when the card accesses OTU4 services,
Error correction compliant with ITU-T G.709.
coding u 2TN4G: Supports FEC coding when the card accesses OTU4 services, compliant with ITU-T
G.709.
u Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.
Alarm and u Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
performance u Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring u Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
power.

ALS function Supported when the client side accesses 100GE services.

Ethernet test function Supported when the client side accesses 100GE services.

176 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-55 Functions and Features of the xTN4G Card (Continued)

Function Description
When the client side of the card accesses non-OTN services, the delay of the PM section in the
Delay measurement backplane (uplink) direction can be measured; when the client side accesses OTN services, the delay
of the TCM section in the optical interface (downlink) direction can be measured.

IEEE 1588v2 Supported when the card accesses 100GE (GFP-F) services.

Physical-layer clock Supports synchronous Ethernet.

u Supports the ODUk SNCP (k = 4, flex) protection.


u Supports the client-side 1+1 protection.
Protection scheme
u Supports the tributary SNCP protection.
The SNCP protection is supported only when the client side accesses OTU4 services.

The following loopbacks are supported:


Loopback u Client-side loopback
u Backplane-side loopback

5.1.11.2 Front Panel of the xTN4G Card

Figure 5-30 Front Panel of the 1TN4G Card

Figure 5-31 Front Panel of the 2TN4G Card

Table 5-56 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ONNote 1 indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is interrupted.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.

Version: 01 177
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-56 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel (Continued)

Sign Meaning Description


OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

Note 1: After the card is electrified, the ACT indicator will be ON until the card starts working. This status is normal.

5.1.11.3 Specifications of the xTN4G Card

Optical Module

Table 5-57 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN4G Card

Card Optical Module Specification


100G LR4
1TN4G
100G ER4
100G LR4
2TN4G
100G ER4

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side Optical
Modules.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-58 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN4G Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1TN4G 407 × 30 2.26


2TN4G 407 × 30 2.85

Power Consumption

Table 5-59 Power Consumption of the xTN4G Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1TN4G 198.9
2TN4G 142.2

178 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-60 Subracks Applicable to the xTN4G Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1TN4G FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

2TN4G FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.12 20PP2

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.1.12.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-61 Functions and Features of the 20PP2 Card

Function Description
The card receives GE / 100GE Ethernet signals. After Layer 2 packet switching and
Basic function transparent transmission inside the card, these signals are framed into ODUk signals and
sent to the backplane. The card also performs the reverse process in the opposite direction.
GE
Client-side service type
10GE LAN
Cross-connect capability 200G
u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the frame format and
OTN function overhead processing comply with ITU-T G.709.
u Supports the PM function at the ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex layer.

u Supports IEEE 802.1Q, IEEE 802.1ad and IEEE 802.1D.


Layer 2 switching
u Supports MAC address learning and aging.

PRBS test Supported

Ethernet test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
LPT protection Supported

u Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.


u Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
u Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
monitoring
and optical power.
u Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services (10GE LAN and GE).

Version: 01 179
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-61 Functions and Features of the 20PP2 Card (Continued)

Function Description

ALS function Supported

Test frame Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

u Supports ODUk 1+1 protection.


u Supports LAG Protection.
Protection scheme u Supports PW 1:1 protection.
u Supports LSP 1:1 protection.
u Supports ETH 1+1 Protection.

Port MTU 1500 to 9600 bytes

The following loopbacks are supported:


Loopback u Client-side loopback
u Backplane-side loopback

Application

The 20PP2 card supports Layer 2 switching of Ethernet data packets in the card. The signals
after Layer 2 packet switching can be mapped to ODUk signals and sent to the backplane
for grooming.

Figure 5-32 Network Application of the 20PP2 Cards

5.1.12.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-33 Front Panel of the 20PP2 Card

180 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-62 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent


alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-


urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.12.3 Specifications

Optical Module

Table 5-63 Optical Module Specifications of the 20PP2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


1.25G SFP SFF
20PP2
10G TDM XFP SFP+

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-64 Mechanical Specifications of the 20PP2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
20PP2 407 × 30 2.15

Version: 01 181
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 5-65 Power Consumption of the 20PP2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


20PP2 217.7

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-66 Subracks Applicable to the 20PP2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack


FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 / U60 / U10E /
20PP2
U20E

5.1.13 2PP4

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.1.13.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-67 Functions and Features of the 2PP4 Card

Function Description
The card receives 100GE Ethernet signals. After Layer 2 packet switching and transparent
Basic function transmission in the card, these signals are framed into ODUk signals and sent to the
backplane. The card also performs the reverse process in the opposite direction.

Client-side service type 100GE


Cross-connect capability 200G
u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the frame format and
OTN function overhead processing comply with ITU-T G.709.
u Supports the PM function at the ODU4 / ODUflex layer.

u Supports IEEE 802.1Q, IEEE 802.1ad and IEEE 802.1D.


Layer 2 switching
u Supports MAC address learning and aging.

PRBS test Supported

Ethernet test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services

182 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-67 Functions and Features of the 2PP4 Card (Continued)

Function Description

LPT function Supported

u Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.


u Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
u Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
monitoring
and optical power.
u Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS function Supported

Test frame Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

u Supports ODUk 1+1 protection.


u Supports LAG protection.
Protection scheme u Supports PW 1:1 protection.
u Supports LSP 1:1 protection.
u Supports ETH 1+1 protection.

Port MTU 1500 to 9600 bytes

The following loopbacks are supported:


Loopback u Client-side loopback
u Backplane-side loopback

Application

The 2PP4 card supports Layer 2 switching of Ethernet data packets. The signals after Layer
2 packet switching can be mapped to ODUk signals and sent to the backplane for grooming.

Figure 5-34 Network Application of the 2PP4 Cards

Version: 01 183
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.13.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-35 Front Panel of the 2PP4 Card

Table 5-68 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent


alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-


urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.13.3 Specifications

Optical Module

Table 5-69 Optical Module Specifications of the 2PP4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


100G LR4
2PP4
100G ER4

184 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-70 Mechanical Specifications of the 2PP4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

2PP4 407 × 30 2

Power Consumption

Table 5-71 Power Consumption of the 2PP4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


2PP4 220.9

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-72 Subracks Applicable to the 2PP4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack


FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 / U60 / U10E /
2PP4
U20E

5.1.14 1TNC2

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.1.14.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-73 Functions and Features of the 1TNC2 Card

Function and Feature Description

Basic function Converts 200GE Ethernet service signals at service ports into ODUflex signals.

Ethernet service: 200GE


Client-side service type
FlexE service: 200G FlexE
Supports cross-connections of ODUflex signals from / to the cross-connect card via the
Cross-connect capability
backplane bus.

Version: 01 185
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-73 Functions and Features of the 1TNC2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the frame format
OTN function and overhead processing comply with ITU-T G.709.
u ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.

PRBS test Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported

Ethernet test Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Delay measurement Segmented delay measurement

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

ODUflex channel loopback


u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 1TNC2 card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the backplane, and Rx is defined as the reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The IN port on the client-side optical module receives one optical signal from
client equipment.

2) After being processed in the card, the signal is encapsulated to ODUflex signals
and sent to the backplane for grooming.

u In the Rx direction

186 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

1) The card receives the electrical signals groomed by the backplane.

2) After being processed in the card, the signal is output from the OUT port on the
client-side optical module.

Figure 5-36 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 1TNC2 Card

Application

Figure 5-37 OTN Application of the 1TNC2 Cards - 200G Line

5.1.14.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-38 Front Panel of the 1TNC2 Card

Version: 01 187
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-74 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is working properly.
ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between
ACT Working status indicator
the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.


UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF: No non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are


NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator blocked.
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.


OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.14.3 Parameters

Optical Module

Table 5-75 Optical Module Specifications of the 1TNC2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1TNC2 200G QSFP-DD LR4

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-76 Mechanical Specifications of the 1TNC2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1TNC2 407 × 30 2.55

Table 5-77 Power Consumption of the 1TNC2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1TNC2 189

188 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Applicable Slots

Table 5-78 Slots Applicable to the 1TNC2 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot


FONST 5000 U20 1-26
FONST 5000 U30 1-40
FONST 5000 U40 1-52
FONST 5000 U60 16-79

5.1.15 2TNC2

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.1.15.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-79 Functions and Features of the 2TNC2 Card

Function and Feature Description

Basic function Converts 200GE / 400GE Ethernet service signals at service ports into ODUflex signals.

Ethernet service: 200GE / 400GE


Client-side services
FlexE service: 200G FlexE
Supports cross-connections of ODUflex signals from / to the cross-connect card via the
Cross-connect capability
backplane bus.

u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the frame format
OTN function and overhead processing comply with ITU-T G.709.
u ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.

PRBS test Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
monitoring
optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported

Ethernet test Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Version: 01 189
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-79 Functions and Features of the 2TNC2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description


Optical-layer ASON Supported

Delay measurement Segmented delay measurement

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

ODUflex channel loopbacks


u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopbacks
u Inloop
u Outloop

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 2TNC2 card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the backplane, and Rx is defined as the reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The IN ports on the client-side optical module receive two optical signals from
client equipment.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are encapsulated to ODUflex signals
and sent to the backplane for grooming.

u In the Rx direction

1) The card receives electrical signals groomed by the backplane.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are output from the OUT ports on
the client-side optical module.

Figure 5-39 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2TNC2 Card

190 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Application

Figure 5-40 OTN Application of the 2TNC2 Cards - 200G Line

Figure 5-41 OTN Application of the 2TNC2 Cards - 400G Line

5.1.15.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-42 Front Panel of the 2TNC2 Card

Table 5-80 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is working properly.
ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between
ACT Working status indicator
the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.


UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF: No non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are


NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator blocked.
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.


OUT / IN Client-side optical ports
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

Version: 01 191
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.15.3 Specifications

Optical Module

Table 5-81 Optical Module Specifications of the 2TNC2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


200G QSFP-DD LR4
2TNC2
400G QSFP-DD LR8

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-82 Mechanical Specifications of the 2TNC2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) Weight (kg)


(mm)

2TNC2 407 × 30 2.65

Table 5-83 Power Consumption of the 2TNC2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2TNC2 198

Applicable Slots

Table 5-84 Applicable Slots for the 2TNC2 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot


FONST 5000 U10E 1 to 11
FONST 5000 U20E 1 to 22

5.1.16 10TN50

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the card.

192 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.16.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-85 Functions and Features of the 10TN50 Card

Function Description

Basic function Converts 50GE Ethernet service signals at service ports into one ODUflex signal.

Ethernet service: 50GE


Client-side service type
FlexE service: 50G FlexE
Supports cross-connections of ODUflex signals from / to the cross-connect card via the
Cross-connect capability
backplane bus.

The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the frame format and overhead
OTN function processing comply with ITU-T G.709.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.

PRBS test Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
monitoring
power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported

Ethernet test Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Delay measurement Segmented delay measurement

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

ODUflex channel loopback


u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 10TN50 card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the backplane, and Rx is defined as the reverse direction.

Version: 01 193
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Tx direction

1) The IN ports on the client-side optical module receive ten optical signals from
client equipment.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are encapsulated to one ODUflex
signal and sent to the backplane for grooming.

u In the Rx direction

1) The card receives the electrical signals groomed from the backplane.

2) After being processed in the card, the signal is output from the OUT port on the
client-side optical module.

Figure 5-43 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 10TN50 Card

Application

Figure 5-44 OTN Application of the 10TN50 Cards - 200G Line

194 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.16.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-45 Front Panel of the 10TN50 Card

Table 5-86 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is working properly.
ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between
ACT Working status indicator
the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.


UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF: No non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are


NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator blocked.
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.


OUT / IN Client-side optical port
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.16.3 Specifications

Optical Module

Table 5-87 Optical Module of the 10TN50 Card

Card Optical Module Type

10TN50 50G QSFP28 LR

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-88 Mechanical Specifications of the 10TN50 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
10TN50 407 × 30 2.65

Version: 01 195
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 5-89 Power Consumption of the 10TN50 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


10TN50 207

Applicable Slots

Table 5-90 Applicable Slots for the 10TN50 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot


FONST 5000 U10E 1 to 11
FONST 5000 U20E 1 to 22

5.2 Line Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure of line
cards.

5.2.1 Overview of Line Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the working principles of the
line cards.

5.2.1.1 Functions and Features

Line cards can be classified into OTN service line cards and hybrid service line cards based
on the supported service type.

196 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-91 Functions and Features of the Line Cards

Type Card Function and Feature


u Works together with the OTN tributary card to add / drop client-side
services on the WDM side.
OTN service line cards LN series
u Works together with the OTN line card to implement the regeneration
and pass-through of WDM-side services.

u Works together with the OTN / VC / packet tributary card to add / drop
OTN / VC / packet hybrid client-side services on the line side.
LU series
service line cards u Works together with the OTN line card to implement the regeneration
and pass-through of WDM-side services.

Figure 5-46 shows the positioning of a line card in the system.

Figure 5-46 Positioning of the Line Card in the System

5.2.1.2 Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 5-47 shows the working principle and signal flow of the line card.

Figure 5-47 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the Line Card

Version: 01 197
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The signal flow directions of the line card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the direction
from the backplane side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The electrical signal groomed by the cross-connect card is sent to the service
encapsulation and overhead processing module via the backplane. After data
encapsulation and FEC coding processing, n × OTUk signals are transmitted.

2) These n × OTUk signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module for E/O
conversion and converted into OTUk optical signals of the standard DWDM
wavelength. These signals are then output via the TX1 to TXn ports.

u In the Rx direction

1) The n × OTUk optical signals of the standard DWDM wavelength are received at
the WDM-side RX1 to RXn ports and then sent to the WDM-side optical module
for O/E conversion.

2) The converted electrical signals are sent to the service encapsulation and
overhead processing module. After FEC decoding and demultiplexing, these
electrical signals are sent to the backplane for grooming.

5.2.2 xLN2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

The xLN2 series include the 4LN2, 12LN2, and 20LN2 cards.

198 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.2.1 Functions of the xLN2 Card

Table 5-92 Functions and Features of the xLN2 Card

Function and Feature Description


4LN2
u 32 × ODU0 / 16 × ODU1 / 32 × ODUflex / 4 × ODU2↔4 × OTU2
u 4 × ODU2e↔4 × OTU2e
12LN2
u 96 × ODU0 / 48 × ODU1 / 96 × ODUflex / 12 × ODU2↔12 × OTU2
Basic function
u 12 × ODU2e↔12 × OTU2e
20LN2
u 160 × ODU0 / 80 × ODU1 / 160 × ODUflex / 20 × ODU2↔20 × OTU2
u 20 × ODU2e↔20 × OTU2e
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1 and ODUflex signals.

Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from / to the
Cross-connect capability
cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTU2 / OTU2e interface on the WDM side.


Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive
monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
monitoring power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Loopback WDM-side loopback

Version: 01 199
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.2.2.2 Front Panel of the xLN2 Card

Figure 5-48 Front Panel of the 4LN2 Card

Figure 5-49 Front Panel of the 12LN2 Card

Figure 5-50 Front Panel of the 20LN2 Card

Table 5-93 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side; usually, it
is connected to the adding interface of an optical multiplexer card or an
optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical port
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side; usually,
it is connected to the dropping interface of an optical demultiplexer card or
an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

200 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.2.3 Specifications of the xLN2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-94 Optical Module Specifications of the xLN2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


10G DWDM XFP SFP+
4LN2
10G DWDM TXFP SFP+
12LN2 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+
20LN2 10G DWDM XFP SFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side Optical
Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-95 Mechanical Specifications of the xLN2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
4LN2 407 × 30 1.7
12LN2 407 × 30 1.8
20LN2 407 × 30 2.6

Power Consumption

Table 5-96 Power Consumption of the xLN2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


4LN2 117
12LN2 102
20LN2 144

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-97 Subracks Applicable to the xLN2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

4LN2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

12LN2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

20LN2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

Version: 01 201
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.2.3 12LU2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.2.3.1 Functions of the 12LU2 Card

The 12LU2 card encapsulates and maps ODUk, Packet and VC signals into OTU2 and
OTU2e signals, achieving the hybrid transmission of multiple services on the line.

Table 5-98 Basic Functions of the 12LU2 Card

Input Signal 12LU2 Card (2202656) 12LU2 Card (2203689)

Supports OTN services at a rate of 120 Gbit/s.


96 × ODU0↔12 × OTU2
48 × ODU1↔12 × OTU2
OTN
12 × ODU2↔12 × OTU2
12 × ODU2e↔12 × OTU2e
96 × ODUflex↔12 × OTU2
The 12LU2 card (2202656) supports VC services
at a rate of 20 Gbit/s. The 12LU2 card (2203689) supports VC services
128 × STM-1↔16 × ODU0↔2 × OTU2 at a rate of 80 Gbit/s.
SDH
32 × STM-4↔16 × ODU0↔2 × OTU2 32 × STM-16↔32 × ODU1↔8 × OTU2
8 × STM-16↔8 × ODU1↔2 × OTU2 8 × STM-64↔8 × ODU2↔8 × OTU2
2 × STM-64↔2 × ODU2↔2 × OTU2
Supports Packet services at a rate of 120 Gbit/s.
Supports packet services at a rate of 120 Gbit/s.
Packet↔96 × ODU0↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔96 × ODU0↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔96 × ODUflex↔12 × OTU2
Packet Packet↔96 × ODUflex↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔48 × ODU1↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔48 × ODU1↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔12 × ODU2↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔12 × ODU2↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔12 × ODU2e↔12 × OTU2e

Table 5-99 OTN Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card

Function and
Description
Feature
Provides the OTU2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU2 layer: Supports the SM function.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
WDM
Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.
specification

202 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-99 OTN Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card (Continued)

Function and
Description
Feature
Tunable
Supported
wavelength

ESC function Supported

PRBS function Supported

Error correction
Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.
coding

Alarm and Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical power.
monitoring Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay
Supported
measurement
Physical-layer
Supported
clock
Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
Optical-layer
Supported
ASON
ODUk channel loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Table 5-100 SDH Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card

Function and
12LU2 Card (2202656) 12LU2 Card (2203689)
Feature
Processes section overheads (SOHs) of the STM-1 Processes section overheads (SOHs) of the STM-
/ STM-4 / STM-16 / STM-64 signals. 16 / STM-64 signals.
Overhead
Supports processing (such as transparent Supports processing (such as transparent
processing
transmission and termination) of path overheads. transmission and termination) of path overheads.
Sets and queries the J0 (to be received) bytes. Sets and queries the J0 (to be received) bytes.

Supports VC SNCP 1+1 protection.


Protection Supports LMSP 1+1 protection.
The switching time can be less than 50 ms as required.

Performance and
Monitors B1, B2, and B3 bytes to help locate line failures.
alarm monitoring

Physical-layer
Supported
clock

Version: 01 203
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-101 Packet Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card

Function and
Description
Feature
Processing
120 Gbit/s
capability

Service bearer MPLS-TP Supported


mode Port Supported

Native ETH services:


u Point-to-point transparently transmitted E-Line services
E-Line
u VLAN-based E-Line services
ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-Line services (VPWS service)
Service
Native ETH services:
specification
u E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1d compliant bridge.
E-LAN
u E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1q compliant bridge.
ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-LAN services (VPLS service)

MS-PW Supported

Ethernet data
IEEE 802.3 / Ethernet II / IEEE 802.1q / IEEE 802.1p
frame format
Jumbo frame Supports a Jumbo frame of up to 9600 bytes.

Port MFL 9600 bytes

LSP Supports LSP 1:1 protection.

PW Supports PW 1:1 protection.


Protection feature Supports load sharing and non-load sharing.
LAG
Supports manual aggregation and static aggregation.

PW redundancy Supported

MPLS OAM Supported

Maintenance ETH-OAM Supported


feature RMON Supported

Port mirroring Supported

5.2.3.2 Front Panel of the 12LU2 Card

Figure 5-51 Front Panel of the 12LU2 Card (2202656)

204 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-52 Front Panel of the 12LU2 Card (2203689)

Table 5-102 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
Non-urgent alarm
NUA blocked.
indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side; usually, it is


connected to the adding interface of an optical multiplexer card or an optical add/
drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical port
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side; usually, it is
connected to the dropping interface of an optical demultiplexer card or an optical
add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.3.3 Specifications of the 12LU2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-103 Optical Module Specifications of the 12LU2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


12LU2 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side Optical
Module.

Version: 01 205
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-104 Mechanical Specifications of the 12LU2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

12LU2 (2202656) 407 × 30 2.603


12LU2 (2203689) 407 × 30 1.65

Power Consumption

Table 5-105 Power Consumption of the 12LU2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

12LU2 (2202656) 177


12LU2 (2203689) 172

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-106 Applicable Subracks for the 12LU2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack


12LU2 (2202656) FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60
FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 /
12LU2 (2203689)
U60 / U10E / U20E

5.2.4 xLN4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

The xLN4 series include 1LN4 and 2LN4 cards.

206 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.4.1 Functions of the xLN4 Card

Table 5-107 Functions and Features of the xLN4 Card

Function and Feature Description

u 1LN4
80 × ODU0/40 × ODU1/10 × ODU2/10 × ODU2e/2 × ODU3/1 × ODU4/80 × ODUflex↔1 ×
OTU4
u 2LN4
Basic function
160 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/4 × ODU3/2 × ODU4/160 ×
ODUflex↔2 × OTU4
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3 and
ODUflex signals.

Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODU3 / ODU4 / ODUflex


Cross-connect capability
signals from / to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.


Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU4 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive
monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
monitoring power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Loopback WDM-side loopback

Version: 01 207
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.2.4.2 Front Panel of the xLN4 Card

Figure 5-53 Front Panel of the 1LN4 Card (Single-Slot, Coherent CFP)

Figure 5-54 Front Panel of the 1LN4 Card (Single-Slot, MSA)

Figure 5-55 Front Panel of the 2LN4 Card (Single-Slot, MSA)

Figure 5-56 Front Panel of the 2LN4 Card (Single-Slot, Coherent CFP)

Figure 5-57 Front Panel of the 1LN4 Card (Half-Height, CFP2)

Table 5-108 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is working properly.
ONNote 1: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.


UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

208 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-108 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel (Continued)

Sign Meaning Description


OFF: No non-urgent alarms occur on this card or all non-urgent alarms
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator are blocked.
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on this card.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side;


usually, it is connected to the adding port of an optical multiplexer card
or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical port
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side;
usually, it is connected to the dropping port of an optical demultiplexer
card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

Note 1: After the card is electrified, the ACT indicator will be ON until the card starts working. This is normal.

5.2.4.3 Specifications of the xLN4 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-109 Optical Module Specifications of the xLN4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


1LN4 (single-slot, coherent CFP) 100G CFP DWDM
1LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 100G MSA DWDM
2LN4 (single-slot, coherent CFP) 100G CFP DWDM
2LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 100G MSA DWDM
1LN4 (half-height, CFP2) 100G CFP2-DCO

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side Optical
Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-110 Mechanical Specifications of the xLN4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1LN4 (single-slot, coherent


407 × 30 2.6
CFP)

1LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 407 × 30 3.54


2LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 407 × 30 2.8

Version: 01 209
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-110 Mechanical Specifications of the xLN4 Card (Continued)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

2LN4 (single-slot, coherent


407 × 30 2.85
CFP)

1LN4 (half-height, CFP2) 195 × 30 0.85

Power Consumption

Table 5-111 Power Consumption of the xLN4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1LN4 (single-slot, coherent CFP) 103


1LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 140
2LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 165
2LN4 (single-slot, coherent CFP) 110
1LN4 (half-height, CFP2) 80.1

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-112 Subracks Applicable to the xLN4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1LN4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

2LN4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60


2LN4 (2202622) FONST 5000 U10E, FONST 5000 U20E
2LN4 (2202478) FONST 5000 U10E, FONST 5000 U20E
1LN4 (half-height, CFP2) FONST 5000 N10

5.2.5 xLU4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

The xLU4 series include the 1LU4 and 2LU4 cards.

210 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.5.1 Functions of the xLU4 Card

The xLU4 card encapsulates and maps ODUk, Packet and VC signals into OTU4 signals,
achieving the hybrid transmission of multiple services on the line.

Table 5-113 Basic Functions of the xLU4 Card

Input
Basic Functions of the 1LU4 Card Basic Functions of the 2LU4 Card
Signal
Supports OTN services at a rate of 100 Gbit/s. Supports OTN services at a rate of 200 Gbit/s.
80 × ODU0↔OTU4 160 × ODU0↔2 × OTU4
40 × ODU1↔OTU4 80 × ODU1↔2 × OTU4
OTN 10 × ODU2↔OTU4 20 × ODU2↔2 × OTU4
10 × ODU2e↔OTU4 20 × ODU2e↔2 × OTU4
ODU4↔OTU4 2 × ODU4↔2 × OTU4
80 × ODUflex↔OTU4 160 × ODUflex↔2 ×OTU4
SDH Supports VC services at a rate of 20 Gbit/s. Supports VC services at a rate of 80 Gbit/s.

Supports Packet services at a rate of 100 Gbit/s. Supports Packet services at a rate of 200 Gbit/s.
Packet↔80 × ODU0↔OTU4 Packet↔160 × ODU0↔2 × OTU4
Packet Packet↔80 × ODUflex↔OTU4 Packet↔160 × ODUflex↔2 × OTU4
Packet↔40 × ODU1↔OTU4 Packet↔80 × ODU1↔2 × OTU4
Packet↔10 × ODU2↔OTU4 Packet↔20 × ODU2↔2 × OTU4

Table 5-114 Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card

Function Description
Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring of
PM and TCM.
WDM
Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.
specification

Tunable
Supported
wavelength

PRBS function Supported

Error correction
Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.
coding

Alarm and Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical power.
monitoring Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Version: 01 211
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-114 Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card (Continued)

Function Description
Delay
Supported
measurement
Physical-layer
Supported (ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex)
clock
Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
Optical-layer
Supported
ASON
ODUk channel loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Table 5-115 SDH Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card

Function Description
Supports VC4 services. The 1LU4 card features a processing capability of 20 Gbit/s and the 2LU4 card
Service processing
80 Gbit/s.
The 1LU4 card processes section overheads (SOHs) of the STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 / STM-64 signals.
Overhead The 2LU4 card processes section overheads (SOHs) of the STM-16 / STM-64 signals.
processing Supports path overhead processing (termination).
Supports setting and querying the J0 (to be received) bytes.

Supports VC SNCP 1+1 protection.


Protection Supports LMSP 1+1 protection.
The switching time can be less than 50 ms as required.

Performance and
Monitors B1, B2, and B3 bytes to help locate line failures.
alarm monitoring

Physical-layer
Supported
clock

Table 5-116 Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card

Function Description
1LU4: 100 Gbit/s
Processing capability
Service 2LU4: 200 Gbit/s
specification MPLS-TP Supported
Service bearer mode
port Supported

212 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-116 Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card (Continued)

Function Description

u Native ETH services:

4 Point-to-point transparently transmitted E-Line services


E-Line
4 VLAN-based E-Line services
u ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-Line services (VPWS service)

u Native ETH services:

4 E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1d compliant bridge.


E-LAN
4 E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1q compliant bridge.
u ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-LAN services (VPLS service)

MS-PW Supported

Ethernet data frame


IEEE 802.3 / Ethernet II / IEEE 802.1q / IEEE 802.1p
format
Jumbo frame The maximum size of the supported Jumbo frame is 9600 bytes.

Port MFL 9600 bytes

LSP Supports LSP 1:1 protection.

PW Supports PW 1:1 protection.

Protection Supports load sharing and non-load sharing.


LAG
feature Supports manual aggregation and static aggregation.

PW redundancy Supported

Packet SNCP Supported

MPLS OAM Supported

Maintenance ETH-OAM Supported


feature RMON Supported

Port mirroring Supported

5.2.5.2 Front Panel of the xLU4 Card

Figure 5-58 Front Panel of the 1LU4 Card

Version: 01 213
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-59 Front Panel of the 2LU4 Card

Table 5-117 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
Non-urgent alarm are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side; usually, it
is connected to the adding interface of an optical multiplexer card or an
optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical port
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side; usually,
it is connected to the dropping interface of an optical demultiplexer card or an
optical add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.5.3 Specifications of the xLU4 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-118 Optical Module Specifications of the xLU4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1LU4 100G MSA DWDM

2LU4 100G CFP DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side Optical
Module.

214 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-119 Mechanical Specifications of the xLU4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
1LU4 407 × 30 2.56
2LU4 407 × 30 2.85

Power Consumption

Table 5-120 Power Consumption of the xLU4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


1LU4 224
2LU4 270

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-121 Applicable Subracks for the xLU4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1LU4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

2LU4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

5.2.6 xLNC2

This section introduces the functions and features, panel and specifications of the card.

Version: 01 215
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.2.6.1 Functions of the xLNC2 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-122 Functions and Features of the xLNC2 Card

Function Description

u 1LNC2
160 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/4 × ODU3/2 × ODU4/160 ×
ODUflex↔1 × OTUC2
u 2LNC2
320 × ODU0/160 × ODU1/40 × ODU2/40 × ODU2e/8 × ODU3/4 × ODU4/320 ×
ODUflex↔2 × OTUC2
u 2LNC2 (CFP2)
Basic function 190 × ODU0/160 × ODU1/40 × ODU2/40 × ODU2e/10 × ODU3/4 × ODU4/190 ×
ODUflex↔4 × ODU4↔1 × OTUC4
190 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/5 × ODU3/2 × ODU4/190 ×
ODUflex↔4 × ODU4↔2 × OTUC2
80 × ODU0/40 × ODU1/10 × ODU2/10 × ODU2e/2 × ODU3/1 × ODU4/80 × ODUflex↔2 ×
200G FlexO-2
An optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3, ODU4
and ODUflex signals.

Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODU3 / ODU4 / ODUflex


Cross-connect capability
signals from / to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides OTUC4, OTUC2, FlexO-2 (OTUC4) interfaces on the WDM side.


OTUC4 / OTUC2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTN function ODUC4 / ODUC2 layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing, and non-
intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM overheads.

WDM specification ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
monitoring power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

216 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-122 Functions and Features of the xLNC2 Card (Continued)

Function Description
Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback


Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the xLNC2 card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the backplane side to the line side, and Rx is defined as the reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The card receives electrical signals groomed from a cross-connect card via the
backplane.

2) After being processed in the card, these signals are converted into OTUC2 optical
signals, and output via the TX1 and TX2 ports.

u In the Rx direction

1) The RX1 and RX2 ports on the line side receive two OTUC2 optical signals.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are sent to the backplane for
grooming.

Figure 5-60 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2LNC2 Card

Application

The following uses the 2LNC2 card for example.

Version: 01 217
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-61 OTN Application Scenario of the 2LNC2 Cards - 400G Line

5.2.6.2 Front Panel of the xLNC2 Card

Figure 5-62 Front Panel of the 2LNC2 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

Figure 5-63 Front Panel of the 2LNC2 Card (Dual-Slot, MSA)

Figure 5-64 Front Panel of the 1LNC2 Card (Half-Height, CFP2)

Figure 5-65 Front Panel of the 2LNC2 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

218 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-123 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is working properly.
ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are


blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on this
card.
OFF: No non-urgent alarms occur on this card or all non-urgent
alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on this
card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side;
usually, it is connected to the adding port of an optical
multiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX1 / RX1 to TX2 / RX2 WDM-side optical port
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line
side; usually, it is connected to the dropping port of an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.6.3 Specifications of the xLNC2 Card

Optical Modules

Table 5-124 Optical Module Specifications of the xLNC2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 200G CFP2 DWDM
2LNC2 (dual-slot, MSA) 200G MSA DWDM
1LNC2 (half-height, CFP2) 200G CFP2-DCO
2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 200G CFP2-DCO

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side Optical
Module.

Version: 01 219
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-125 Mechanical Specifications of the xLNC2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 3.1


2LNC2 (dual-slot, MSA) 407 × 60 2.8
1LNC2 (half-height, CFP2) 195 × 30 0.85
2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 2.15

Power Consumption

Table 5-126 Power Consumption of the xLNC2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 182


2LNC2 (dual-slot, MSA) 234
1LNC2 (half-height, CFP2) 80.1
2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 240

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-127 Subracks Applicable to the xLNC2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack


2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ
2LNC2 (dual-slot, MSA) FONST 5000 U10E / U20E
1LNC2 (half-height, CFP2) FONST 5000 N10
FONST 5000 N10 / N32
2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2)
FONST 5000 U10E / U20E

5.2.7 1LNC4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

220 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.7.1 Functions of the 1LNC4 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-128 Functions and Features of the 1LNC4 Card

Function Description
320 × ODU0/160 × ODU1/40 × ODU2/40 × ODU2e/8 × ODU3/4 × ODU4/320 × ODUflex↔2 ×
OTUC2
Basic function
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
ODU4 and ODUflex signals.

Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODU3 / ODU4 / ODUflex


Cross-connect capability
signals from / to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.


OTUC2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTN function ODUC2 layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-
intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
monitoring power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback


Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 1LNC4 card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the backplane side to the line side, and Rx is defined as the reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

Version: 01 221
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1) The card receives the electrical signal groomed by the cross-connect card via the
backplane.

2) After being processed in the card, these signals are converted into OTUC2 optical
signals, and output via the TX1 and TX2 ports.

u In the Rx direction

1) The RX1 and RX2 ports on the line side receive two OTUC2 optical signals.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are transmitted to the backplane for
grooming.

Figure 5-66 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 1LNC4 Card

Application

Figure 5-67 OTN Application Scenario of the 1LNC4 Cards - 400G Line

5.2.7.2 Front Panel of the 1LNC4 Card

Figure 5-68 Front Panel of the 1LNC4 Card

222 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-129 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent


alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-
urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line
side; usually, it is connected to the adding interface of an optical
multiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX1 / RX1 to TX2 / RX2 WDM-side optical port RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line
side; usually, it is connected to the dropping interface of an
optical demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer
card.

5.2.7.3 Specifications of the 1LNC4 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-130 Optical Module Specifications of the 1LNC4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


1LNC4 200G MSA DWDM
1LNC4 (2201467) 200G MSA DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side Optical
Module.

Version: 01 223
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-131 Mechanical Specifications of the 1LNC4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1LNC4 407 × 60 4.9


1LNC4 (2201467) 407 × 60 2.8

Power Consumption

Table 5-132 Power Consumption of the 1LNC4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1LNC4 310
1LNC4 (2201467) 234

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-133 Applicable Subracks for the 1LNC4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1LNC4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60


1LNC4 (2201467) FONST 5000 U10E / U20E

5.2.8 1LN4C2

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the card.

224 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.8.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-134 Functions and Features of the 1LN4C2 Card

Function and Feature Description


160 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/4 × ODU3/2 × ODU4/160 ×
ODUflex↔2 × ODU4↔1 × OTUC2
Basic function
An optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3,
ODU4 and ODUflex signals.

Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODU3 / ODU4 / ODUflex


Cross-connect capability
signals from / to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.


OTUC2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTN function ODUC2 / ODU4 layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and
non-intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM overheads.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
monitoring optical power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback


Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 1LN4C2 card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the backplane side to the line side, and Rx is defined as the reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

Version: 01 225
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1) The card receives electrical signals groomed from a cross-connect card via the
backplane.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are converted into one OTUC2
optical signal of a DWDM standard wavelength, and then output via the TX port.

u In the Rx direction

1) The RX port on the line side receives one OTUC2 optical signal of a DWDM
standard wavelength.

2) After being processed in the card, the signal is sent to the backplane for
grooming.

Figure 5-69 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 1LN4C2 Card

Application

Figure 5-70 OTN Application of the 1LN4C2 Cards - 200G Line

5.2.8.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-71 Front Panel of the 1LN4C2 Card

226 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-135 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is working properly.
ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between
ACT Working status indicator
the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.


UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF: No non-urgent alarms occur on this card or all non-urgent alarms


NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator are blocked.
ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on this card.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side;


TX WDM-side optical port usually, it is connected to the adding port of an optical multiplexer card
or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side;


RX WDM-side optical port usually, it is connected to the dropping port of an optical demultiplexer
card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.8.3 Specifications

Optical Modules

Table 5-136 Optical Module Specifications of the 1LN4C2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


1LN4C2 200G CFP2-DCO

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-137 Mechanical Specifications of the 1LN4C2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1LN4C2 407 × 30 2.15

Power Consumption

Table 5-138 Power Consumption of the 1LN4C2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1LN4C2 240

Version: 01 227
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Slots

Table 5-139 Slots Applicable to the 1LN4C2 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot


FONST 5000 U20 1-26
FONST 5000 U30 1-40
FONST 5000 U40 1-52
FONST 5000 U60 16-79

5.2.9 1LUC2

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.2.9.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-140 Basic Functions of the 1LUC2 Card

Input Signal Basic Function


Supports OTN services at a rate of 200 Gbit/s.
OTN 160 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/2 × ODU4/160 × ODUflex↔2 × ODU4↔1
× ODUC2↔1 × OTUC2
SDH Supports VC services at a rate of 80 Gbit/s.

Supports packet services at a rate of 200 Gbit/s.


Packet Packets↔160 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/2×ODU4/160 × ODUflex↔2 ×
ODU4↔1 × ODUC2↔1 × OTUC2

Table 5-141 OTN Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card

Function Description
Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTUC2 layer: Supports the SM function.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-
intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

PRBS function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

228 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-141 OTN Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card (Continued)

Function Description
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
Alarm and performance monitoring
optical power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported (ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex)

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback


Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Table 5-142 SDH Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card

Function Description
Service processing Supports VC4 services with a processing capability of 80 Gbit/s.

Processes section overheads (SOHs) of the STM-16 / STM-64 signals.


Overhead processing Supports path overhead processing (termination).
Sets and queries the J0 (to be received) bytes.

Supports VC SNCP 1+1 protection.


Protection Supports LMSP 1+1 protection.
The switching time can be less than 50 ms as required.

Performance and alarm monitoring Monitors B1, B2, and B3 bytes to help locate line failures.

Physical-layer clock Supported

Table 5-143 Packet Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card

Function Description
Processing capability 200 Gbit/s

MPLS-TP Supported
Service bearer mode
port Supported
Service u Native ETH services:
specification
4 Point-to-point transparently transmitted E-Line services
E-Line
4 VLAN-based E-Line services
u ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-Line services (VPWS service)

Version: 01 229
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-143 Packet Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card (Continued)

Function Description

u Native ETH services:

4 E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1d compliant bridge.


E-LAN
4 E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1q compliant bridge.
u ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-LAN services (VPLS service)

MS-PW Supported

Ethernet data frame


IEEE 802.3 / Ethernet II / IEEE 802.1q / IEEE 802.1p
format
Jumbo frame Supports a Jumbo frame of up to 9600 bytes.

Port MFL 9600 bytes

LSP Supports LSP 1:1 protection.

PW Supports PW 1:1 protection.

Protection Supports load sharing and non-load sharing.


LAG
feature Supports manual aggregation and static aggregation.

PW redundancy Supported

Packet SNCP Supported

MPLS OAM Supported

Maintenance ETH-OAM Supported


feature RMON Supported

Port mirroring Supported

Application

The 1LUC2 card encapsulates and maps ODUk, Packet and VC signals into OTUC2 signals,
achieving hybrid transmission of multiple services.

Figure 5-72 OTN Application Scenario of the 1LUC2 Cards - 200G Line

230 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.9.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-73 Front Panel of the 1LUC2 Card

Table 5-144 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
Non-urgent alarm are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side; usually, it
is connected to the adding port of an optical multiplexer card or an optical
add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical port
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side; usually,
it is connected to the dropping port of an optical demultiplexer card or an
optical add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.9.3 Specifications

Optical Module

Table 5-145 Optical Module Specifications of the 1LUC2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification


1LUC2 200G CFP2-DCO

Version: 01 231
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-146 Mechanical Specifications of the 1LUC2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1LUC2 407 × 30 2.8

Power Consumption

Table 5-147 Power Consumption of the 1LUC2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1LUC2 243

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-148 Applicable Subracks for the 1LUC2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack


FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 / U60 / U10E /
1LUC2
U20E

5.2.10 10IL2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.2.10.1 Functions of the 10IL2 Card

Table 5-149 Functions and Features of the 10IL2 Card

Function and Feature Description

u 80 × ODU0/40 × ODU1/80 × ODUflex/10 × ODU2↔10 × OTU2


u 10 × ODU2e↔10 × OTU2e
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1 and ODUflex signals.
Basic function
10 × OTU2 / OTU2e signals undergo multiplexing / demultuplexing inside the optical module and
are formed into 1 × optical signal (including 10-wavelength colored signals), which is then output
from the interface.
Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from / to the
Cross-connect capability
cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

232 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-149 Functions and Features of the 10IL2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description


Provides the OTU2 / OTU2e interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive
monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Supports wavelength groups based on two bands: Band2 and Band3.


Wavelength Group Band2 Band3
L0 195.00 193.90
L1 194.90 193.80
L2 194.80 193.70

Tunable wavelength L3 194.70 193.60

function L4 194.60 193.50


L5 194.50 193.40
L6 194.40 193.30
L7 194.30 193.20
L8 194.20 193.10
L9 194.10 193.00

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.


Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
monitoring power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback


Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Version: 01 233
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.2.10.2 Front Panel of the 10IL2 Card

Figure 5-74 Front Panel of the 10IL2 Card

Table 5-150 Indicators / Ports on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
Non-urgent alarm blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
TX: Transmits the multiplexed optical signal to the line side; usually connected
to the line-side fiber or the PIC optical-layer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical port
RX: Receives the multiplexed optical signal from the line side; usually
connected to the line-side fiber or the PIC optical-layer card.

5.2.10.3 Specifications of the 10IL2 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 5-151 Optical Interface Specifications of the 10IL2 Card

Item Unit PIN Module Specification APD Module Specification


Rate Gb/s 9.953 to 11.3 9.953 to 11.3
Maximum -20 dB
nm 0.3 0.4
spectral width

Minimum side mode


dB 35 30
suppression ratio

Transmit power dBm -5 to 1 -1 to 2


Optical power of the
dBm 5 to 11 8 to 11
multiplexer

234 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-151 Optical Interface Specifications of the 10IL2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit PIN Module Specification APD Module Specification


Maximum output power
dBm 0.5 0.5
of a single wavelength

Maximum output power


dB 1.5 2
error
Transmit signal eye
- Fit G.959.1 mode Fit G.959.1 mode
pattern

Band1: 1528.77 to 1535.82 Band1: 1528.77 to 1535.82


Band2: 1537.40 to 1544.53 Band2: 1537.40 to 1544.53
Receiving range nm
Band3: 1546.12 to 1553.33 Band3: 1546.12 to 1553.33
Band4: 1554.94 to 1562.23 Band4: 1554.94 to 1562.23
Channel spacing GHz 100 100
Maximum central
nm -0.05 to +0.05 -0.05 to +0.05
frequency deviation

Minimum sensitivity of
the single-channel dBm -13 -24
receiver
Minimum sensitivity of
dBm -3 -11
the all-channel receiver
Minimum overload of the
dBm 2 -9
single-channel receiver

Minimum overload of the


dBm 12 1
all-channel receiver
Maximum reflectance of
dB -27 -27
the receiver
Maximum transmission
dB 3 3
loss
Minimum optical signal-
dB 12 12
to-noise ratio
Receiver type - PIN APD

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-152 Mechanical Specifications of the 10IL2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)


10IL2 407 × 30 2.3

Version: 01 235
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 5-153 Power Consumption of the 10IL2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


10IL2 117

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-154 Subracks Applicable to the 10IL2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

10IL2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.2.11 BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP

The BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP card can be used together with the 10IL2 card to
multiplex / demultiplex and amplify waveband optical signals.

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.2.11.1 Functions

Table 5-155 Functions of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Function Description

u Multiplexes / demultiplexes two waveband optical signals.


Basic function u Multiplexes / demultiplexes the main optical channel (1550 nm) and optical supervisory
channel (1510 nm) signals.

u BMD2: Does not support amplification.


Amplification u BMD2P: Includes a built-in PA amplification module.
u BMD2PP: Includes two built-in PA amplification modules.

5.2.11.2 Front Panel of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Figure 5-75 Front Panel of the BMD2 Card

236 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-76 Front Panel of the BMD2P Card

Figure 5-77 Front Panel of the BMD2PP Card

Table 5-156 Indicators / Ports / Buttons on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Turn ons or shuts down the laser. Pressing down the button will turn off the
CUT Laser shutdown button
card’s laser; releasing it will turn on the laser.

Input optical port for the


IN1 to IN2 Inputs the optical signal from the PIC electrical-layer cards.
multiplexed signal

Output optical port for the


OUT1 to OUT2 Outputs the optical signal to the PIC electrical-layer cards.
demultiplexed signal

Output optical port for the


TX Outputs the optical signal to the optical fiber line.
multiplexed signal

Input optical port for the


RX Inputs the optical signal from the optical fiber lines.
demultiplexed signal

Receives the OSC signal from the OSC card and is generally connected to
OSCM Input port for OSC signals
the WTX or ETX interface of the OSC card.
Outputs the OSC signal and is generally connected to the WRX or ERX
OSCD Output port for OSC signals
interface of the OSC card.

Version: 01 237
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-156 Indicators / Ports / Buttons on the Front Panel (Continued)

Sign Meaning Description


Output port for the PA's The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer or an OPM
PAMON
monitoring optical signal card to monitor the spectrum of the output signal.

Output port for the OA's The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer or an OPM
OAMON
monitoring optical signal card to monitor the spectrum of the output signal.

DOUT DCM output end Outputs the optical signals from the DCM.

DIN DCM input end Inputs the optical signals to the DCM.

5.2.11.3 Specifications of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Optical Interface

Table 5-157 Specifications of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Item Unit Specification


OSC 1510 wavelength range nm 1510 to 1520
DWDM channel spacing GHz 100
DWDM channel bandwidth nm λ ± 0.11
Band 2: 1537.4 to 1544.53
Bandwidth range nm
Band 3: 1546.12 to 1553.33
OSC 1550 channel: ≤ 0.8
Insertion loss dB OSC 1510 channel: ≤ 1.2
Multiplexed and demultiplexed signal: ≤ 1.4

Adjacent channel isolation of the multiplexed and


demultiplexed signal: ≥ 15
Isolation dB
OSC 1550 channel: ≥ 15
OSC 1510 channel: ≥ 30
Temperature dependent loss dB ≤ 0.005
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.15
Polarization mode dispersion Ps ≤ 0.15

238 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Amplifier Specification

Table 5-158 Specifications of the BMD2P / BMD2PP Card's Amplifier

Item Unit Specification

Gain flatness dB ≤ 1.5


Output power (APR) dB -1
Output power with no signal input dB -16 to -12
Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5
Error range of saturated output optical power dB ±0.5
Split ratio at the output power monitoring interface % 1
VOA attenuation range dB 0 to 25

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-159 Mechanical Specifications of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)


BMD2 407 × 30 1.105
BMD2P 407 × 30 1.105
BMD2PP 407 × 30 1.105

Power Consumption

Table 5-160 Power Consumption of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


BMD2 18
BMD2P 25
BMD2PP 32

5.3 Cross-Connect Cards

This section introduces the functions, applications in the system, working principles, front
panels, and specifications of the cross-connect cards.

5.3.1 UXU2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

Version: 01 239
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.3.1.1 Functions of the UXU2 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-161 Functions and Features of the UXU2 Card

Function Description

u Achieves cross-connections of 128 × 128 high-speed service signals; supports cross-connections of


ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, flex) signals and switching of the Ethernet packets.
u Performs signal cross-connections between aggregates, between aggregates and tributaries, and
between tributaries.
Basic function
u Features high reliability and stability; detects work status of the card and ensures automatic switching
in case of a failure.
u Works together with the cross-connect cards to achieve the 1+1, 1:1, and 1:N protections at the ODUk,
TMS and TMP layers; supports the shared channel protection.

Switching mode Supports automatic switching, manual switching and forcible switching.

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
u Monitors the card temperature, and reports the result to the EMS through the electromechanical
management bus and the BMU of the card.
u Monitors the power voltage, and reports the result to the EMS through the electromechanical
management bus and the BMU of the card.
Maintenance
u Detects the card's current and power, and reports the result to the EMS through the electromechanical
management
management bus and the card's BMU.
u Supports power-on / off and power-on reset of the card.
u The card communicates with the central control card over the Ethernet interface on the backplane.
u Remotely upgrades card software.

Table 5-162 Backup Schemes of the UXU2 Card

Minimum Number of
Minimum Number of Cross-
Maximum Number of Cross-Connect Cards
Connect Cards for the
Backup Scheme Cross-Connect Cards in the for the Subrack with
Subrack with 200G Services
Subrack (M+N) 100G Services Fully
Fully Configured (N)
Configured (N)
2
FONST 5000 U10 2 1 In this case, M = 0, which means
no protection.
4
FONST 5000 U20 4 2 In this case, M = 0, which means
no protection.
FONST 5000 U30 6 3 5
FONST 5000 U40 8 4 7

240 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-162 Backup Schemes of the UXU2 Card (Continued)

Minimum Number of
Minimum Number of Cross-
Maximum Number of Cross-Connect Cards
Connect Cards for the
Backup Scheme Cross-Connect Cards in the for the Subrack with
Subrack with 200G Services
Subrack (M+N) 100G Services Fully
Fully Configured (N)
Configured (N)

FONST 5000 U60 9 4 7


FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ 16 7 14
u The cross-connect cards support the M+N protection wherein M is the number of protection cards and N is the number of
working cards.
u The minimum value of N for a fully configured subrack can be determined based on the service type, so that the M value
for protection cards is obtained.
u For example, the FONST 5000 U60 subrack is fully configured with 100G services: M+N = 9, wherein N=4 and M=5, that
is, the 5+4 protection is provided.

Principle

Figure 5-78 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the UXU2 Card

The functions of each module in the UXU2 card are described as follows:

u Cross-connect module

Supports cross-connections of ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and flex) signals and switching


of the Ethernet packets.

u Control module

Version: 01 241
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Provides management and monitoring functions.

4 Implements the protection switchover between the active and standby cross-
connect cards.

4 Connects to the backplane through an Ethernet interface and exchanges


management signals such as overhead bus and clock signals.

u Power module

4 Leads in DC power supply from the backplane.

4 Supplies appropriate power to each module inside the card.

Application

Figure 5-79 Application of the UXU2 Card in the System

5.3.1.2 Front Panel of the UXU2 Card

Figure 5-80 Front Panel of the UXU2 Card (FONST 5000 U60)

Figure 5-81 Front Panel of the UXU2 Card (FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Figure 5-82 Front Panel of the UXU2 Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

242 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-163 Indicators / Buttons on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is activated.
Blinking slowly: The card is deactivated.
Working status
ACT ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication between
indicator
the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

Urgent alarm OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA
indicator ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
Non-urgent alarm
NUA blocked.
indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

The SWNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2 and is used to activate or deactivate a cross-
Card activation
SW connect card. If a cross-connect card is not activated, you can activate it by pressing the
button
SW button, and then deactivate it by pressing the SW button again.

Note 1: The SW button is recessed in a small hole on the card panel. Insert a small pointed object (such as a nib or needle) to
depress the SW button.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

5.3.1.3 Specifications of the UXU2 Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-164 Mechanical Specifications of the UXU2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

UXU2 (FONST 5000 U60) 352 × 55 1.8


UXU2 (FONST 5000 U40 / U30 /
352 × 30 1.8
U20 / U10)

UXU2 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 465 × 30 1.8

Power Consumption

Table 5-165 Power Consumption of the UXU2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

UXU2 (FONST 5000 U60) 108


UXU2 (FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) 108
UXU2 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 108

Version: 01 243
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-166 Subracks Applicable to the UXU2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

UXU2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.3.2 LUXU

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

5.3.2.1 Functions of the LUXU Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-167 Functions and Features of the LUXU Card

Function Description

u Inter-card: Exchanges signals with the cross-connect card at a granularity of VC4.


Basic function
u Intra-card: Performs lower-order cross-connections at a granularity of VC12.

Configuration and cross- Implements the inter-card VC4 cross-connections and intra-card VC12 cross-connections with a
connection capacity capacity of 80G.

Switching mode Supports automatic switching, manual switching and forcible switching.

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

u Monitors the card temperature, and reports the result to the EMS through the electromechanical
management bus and the card's BMU.
u Monitors the power voltage, and reports the result to the EMS through the electromechanical
management bus and the card's BMU.
Maintenance u Detects the card's current and power, and reports the result to the EMS through the
management electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Supports power-on / off and power-on reset of the card.
u The card communicates with the central control card over the Ethernet interface on the
backplane.
u Supports remote upgrade of the card software.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The LUXU card is composed of a lower-order cross-connect unit, a logic control unit, a
clock unit and a power supply unit.

244 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-83 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the LUXU Card

The functions of each module in the LUXU card are described as follows:

u Lower-order cross-connect module

It implements lower-order cross-connect grooming of VC12 signals.

u Control module

4 Processes clock signals.

4 Transmits and receives VC4 signals and pointer indication signals.

u Power module

4 Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power


required by each module of the card.

u Clock module

4 Receives system clock signals from the backplane control bus and provides clock
signals for the other units in the card.

Application

After receiving the VC4 signals from the cross-connect card, the LUXU card implements
the cross-connect grooming of VC12 signals inside the card, and sends the VC4 signals
back to the cross-connect card.

Version: 01 245
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-84 Application of the LUXU Card

5.3.2.2 Front Panel of the LUXU Card

Figure 5-85 Front Panel of the LUXU Card

Table 5-168 Indicators on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working properly.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
Non-urgent alarm
NUA blocked.
indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

246 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.3.2.3 Specifications of the LUXU Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-169 Mechanical Specifications of the LUXU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
LUXU 407 × 30 2.603

Power Consumption

Table 5-170 Power Consumption of the LUXU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


LUXU 115

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-171 Applicable Subracks for the LUXU Card

Card Applicable Subrack

LUXU FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.3.3 UXU3

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of the card.

Version: 01 247
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.3.3.1 Functions of the UXU3 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-172 Functions and Features of the UXU3 Card

Function Description

u Supports switching of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU3 / ODU4, ODUCE, ODUFLEX and
Ethernet packets.
u Supports cross-connections of 128 × 128 high-speed service signals whose rate is 23G.
Basic function u Performs signal cross-connections between lines, between lines and the tributaries, and between
tributaries.
u High reliability and stability: Detects the working status of the card so that a seamless switchover
occurs between the active and standby cross-connect cards in case of a card failure.

The cross-connect cards support the "M+N" card protection mechanism. The value of "M+N" depends
Protection mechanism
on the service volume. The cross-connect cards can be switched automatically or via the EMS.

u Monitors the card temperature, and reports the result to the EMS through the electromechanical
management bus and the card's BMU.
u Monitors the power voltage, and reports the result to the EMS through the electromechanical
management bus and the BMU of the card.
Maintenance
u Detects the card's current and power, and reports the result to the EMS through the
management
electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Supports power-on / off and power-on reset of the card.
u The card communicates with the central control card over the Ethernet interface on the backplane.
u Supports remote upgrade of the card software.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 5-86 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the UXU3 Card

The functions of each module in the UXU3 card are described as follows:

248 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

u Cross-connect module

Supports switching of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU3 / ODU4, ODUCE, ODUFLEX


and Ethernet packets.

u Control and communication module

4 Provides management and monitoring functions.

4 Implements the protection switchover between the active and standby cross-
connect cards.

4 Connects to the backplane through an Ethernet interface and exchanges


management signals such as overhead bus and clock signals.

u Power module

4 Inducts DC power supply from the backplane.

4 Supplies appropriate power to each module inside the card.

Application

Figure 5-87 Application of the UXU3 Card in the System

5.3.3.2 Front Panel of the UXU3 Card

Figure 5-88 Front Panel of the UXU3 Card

Version: 01 249
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-173 Indicators / Buttons on the Front Panel

Sign Meaning Description


Blinking quickly: The card is activated.
Blinking slowly: The card is deactivated.
Working status
ACT ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication between
indicator
the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

Urgent alarm OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA
indicator ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
Non-urgent alarm
NUA blocked.
indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

The SWNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2 and is used to activate or deactivate a cross-
Card activation
SW connect card. If a cross-connect card is not activated, you can activate it by pressing the
button
SW button, and then deactivate it by pressing the SW button again.

Note 1: The SW button is recessed in a small hole on the card panel. Insert a small pointed object (such as a nib or needle) to
depress the SW button.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

5.3.3.3 Specifications of the UXU3 Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-174 Mechanical Specifications of the UXU3 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)
UXU3 352 × 30 1.8

Power Consumption

Table 5-175 Power Consumption of the UXU3 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)


UXU3 180

250 Version: 01
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-176 Subracks Applicable to the UXU3 Card

Card Applicable Subrack


UXU3 FONST 5000 U10E / U20E / U30E

Version: 01 251
6 System Auxiliary Components

6.1 DCM
Functions

Function Description

u The dispersion compensation module (DCM) can compensate for the optical signal
dispersion accumulated during the transmission process in the fiber and compress the optical
pulse signal, so as to resume the optical signal. It can be used together with an optical
Basic function
amplification card to achieve the long-haul optical regeneration transmission.
u The DCM is an external unit and is installed in the DCM plug-in frame. Each DCM plug-in
frame can contain two DCMs.

Front Panel

(1) Label (2) Optical interface

Figure 6-1 Front Panel of the DCM Unit

u Label

The label on the DCM panel indicates the applicable fiber type and wavelength band,
as well as the distance that the compensation covers. In Figure 6-1, the check boxes on
the right side of C and on the left side of 40km are selected with √. This means that
the DCM compensates C-band signals on the G.652 fiber with a distance of 40 km.

u Optical interface

The DCM provides one pair of optical interfaces on its panel, with no distinction
between Tx and Rx.

Optical lines with a rate of 10 Gbit/s or above are sensitive to dispersion. Therefore,
dispersion compensation is required for lines longer than a certain distance. The
compensation solution can be selected according to Table 6-1 and Table 6-2.

252 Version: 01
6 System Auxiliary Components

Table 6-1 G.652 Optical Fiber - DCM Specifications

Typical
Dispersion Polarization Maximum
Compensa- Maximum Polarization Operating
Module Slope Mode Input Power
tion Insertion Dependent Wavelength
Type Compensa- Dispersion Allowed
Distance Loss (dB) Loss (dB) Range (nm)
tion Rate (ps) (dBm)
(km)
1 20 3.3 0.4 0.1 24
2 40 4.7 0.5 0.1 24
3 60 6.4 0.6 0.1 24
90% to 110% 1528 to 1568
4 80 8 0.7 0.1 24
5 100 9 0.8 0.1 24
6 120 9.8 0.95 0.1 24

Table 6-2 G.655 Optical Fiber - DCM Specifications

Typical
Dispersion Polarization Maximum
Compensa- Maximum Polarization Operating
Module Slope Mode Input Power
tion Insertion Dependent Wavelength
Type Compensa- Dispersion Allowed
Distance Loss (dB) Loss (dB) Range (nm)
tion Rate (ps) (dBm)
(km)
1 40 5 0.5 0.3 20
2 80 8 90% to 110% 0.7 0.3 20 1528 to 1568
3 120 9.8 0.9 0.3 20

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-3 Mechanical Specifications of the DCM

Item Panel Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm)

DCM 50 × 491 × 270.5

6.2 Fiber Jumpers

Serving as the transmission carrier for optical signals, a fiber jumper is applied to short-haul
transmissions of optical signals. It connects the optical interface of a card to the ODF.

Structure

Table 6-4 shows the structures of different fiber connectors.

Version: 01 253
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-4 Appearances of Different Fiber Connectors

Type Diagram

LC/PC fiber connector

FC/PC fiber connector

SC/PC fiber connector

Technical Specifications

Table 6-5 describes technical specifications of the fiber jumpers.

Table 6-5 Technical Specifications of Fiber Jumpers

Item Specification

u LC/PC
Type of fiber connectors u FC/PC
u SC/PC
u OFC-LC/PC-LC/PC-S-20
Fiber type u OFC-LC/PC-FC/PC-S-20
u OFC-LC/PC-SC/PC-S-20

254 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

This chapter describes specifications of the client-side and line-side optical modules.

7.1 Specifications of the Client-Side Optical


Modules
Specifications of the 155M SFP SFF Optical Module

Table 7-1 Specifications of the 155M SFP SFF Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
Optical port type - S1.1 (100BASE-LX) L1.1 (100BASE-EX) L1.2 (100BASE-ZX) 100BASE-SX
Transmission
km 15 40 80 2
distance
Laser spectrum
nm - - ≤1 -
width (-20 dB)
Laser spectrum
nm ≤ 7.7 ≤3 - ≤1
width (RMS)

Side mode
dB - - ≥ 30 -
suppression ratio

Mean launched
dBm -15 to -8 -5 to 0 -5 to 0 -9.5 to -3
power

Accuracy of Tx
optical power dB ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
indication
Extinction ratio dB 8.2 to 15 10 to 15 10 to 15 > 8.2
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant

Central wavelength nm 1265 to 1360 1265 to 1360 1480 to 1580 830 to 860
Receiver
Rx sensitivity dBm ≤ -28 ≤ -34 ≤ -34 ≤ -24
Optical path
dB 1 1 1 -
penalty

Overload point dBm -8 -10 -10 -3


Receiver reflection
dB -12 -12 -12 -12
loss

Version: 01 255
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-1 Specifications of the 155M SFP SFF Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


±2.0 dB (-11 dBm to ±2.0 dB (-14 dBm to ±2.0 dB (-14 dBm to ±2.0 dB (-5 dBm to
Accuracy of Rx
-25 dBm) -30 dBm) -30 dBm) -20 dBm)
optical power dBm
±3.0 dB (> -11 dBm; ±3.0 dB (> -14 dBm; ±3.0 dB (> -14 dBm; ±3.0 dB (> -5 dBm;
indication
< -25 dBm) < -30 dBm) < -30 dBm) < -20 dBm)

Module power
W 1 1 1 1
consumption

Specifications of the 622M SFP SFF Optical Module

Table 7-2 Specifications of the 622M SFP SFF Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
Optical port type - S4.1 L4.1 L4.2
Transmission distance km 15 40 80
Laser spectrum width
nm - - ≤1
(-20 dB)

Laser spectrum width


nm ≤ 2.5 ≤ 1.7 -
(RMS)

Side mode suppression


dB - - ≥ 30
ratio
Mean launched power dBm -15 to -8 -3 to 2 -3 to 2
Accuracy of Tx optical
dB ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
power indication

Extinction ratio dB 8.2 to 15 10 to 15 10 to 15


Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant

Central wavelength nm 1274 to 1356 1296 to 1330 1480 to 1580


Receiver
Rx sensitivity dBm ≤ -28 ≤ -28 ≤ -28
Optical path penalty dB 1 1 1
Overload point dBm -8 -8 -8
Receiver reflection loss dB - -14 -27

256 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-2 Specifications of the 622M SFP SFF Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


±2.0 dB (-11 dBm to -25 ±2.0 dB (-11 dBm to -25 ±2.0 dB (-11 dBm to -25
Accuracy of Rx optical dBm) dBm) dBm)
dBm
power indication ±3.0 dB (> -11 dBm; < ±3.0 dB (> -11 dBm; < ±3.0 dB (> -11 dBm; <
-25 dBm) -25 dBm) -25 dBm)

Module power
W 1 1 1
consumption

Specifications of the 1.25G SFP SFF Optical Module

Table 7-3 Specifications of the 1.25G SFP SFF Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
Optical port 1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE-
-
type SX LX LX EX ZX1 ZX2
0.55 (50 / 125
Transmission µm multi-
km 10 15 40 80 120
distance mode optical
fiber)
Laser
spectrum
nm - - - ≤1 ≤1 ≤1
width (-20
dB)
Laser
spectrum nm ≤ 0.85 ≤4 ≤4 - - -
width (RMS)

Side mode
suppression dB - - - ≥ 30 ≥ 30 ≥ 30
ratio
Mean
launched dBm -9.5 to -4 -8 to -3 -8 to -3 -5 to 0 -2 to 3 0 to 5
power

Accuracy of
Tx optical
dB ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
power
indication
Extinction
dB >9 9.0 to 15 9.0 to 15 9.0 to 15 9.0 to 15 9.0 to 15
ratio

Version: 01 257
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-3 Specifications of the 1.25G SFP SFF Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Eye pattern
- IEEE 802.3-compliant
mask
Central
nm 770 to 860 1275 to 1350 1275 to 1350 1275 to 1350 1500 to 1580 1500 to 1580
wavelength
Eye
overshoot - - - - - < 50% < 50%
(filter off)

Minimum
optical return
dB 12 12 12 20 24 24
loss of the
transmitter
Receiver
Rx
dBm ≤ -17 ≤ -20 ≤ -23 ≤ -23 ≤ -25 ≤ -31
sensitivity

Optical path
dB 1 1 1 1 2 2
penalty

Overload
dBm 0 -3 -3 -3 -3 -9
point

Receiver
reflection dB -12 -12 -12 -12 -27 -27
loss
±2.0 dB (-3 ±2.0 dB (-6 ±2.0 dB (-6 ±2.0 dB (-6 ±2.0 dB (-12 ±2.0 dB (-12
Accuracy of dBm to -14 dBm to -16 dBm to -20 dBm to -20 dBm to -22 dBm to -27
Rx optical dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm)
dBm
power ±3.0 dB (> -3 ±3.0 dB (> -6 ±3.0 dB (> -6 ±3.0 dB (> -6 ±3.0 dB (> -12 ±3.0 dB (> -12
indication dBm; < -14 dBm; < -16 dBm; < -20 dBm; < -20 dBm; < -22 dBm; < -27
dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm)

Module
power W 1 1 1 1 1 1
consumption

Specifications of the 2.5G TDM SFP Optical Module

Table 7-4 Specifications of the 2.5G TDM SFP Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
Optical port type - I16 S16.1 S16.2 L16.1 L16.2 V16.2

258 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-4 Specifications of the 2.5G TDM SFP Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Transmission
km 2 15 15 40 80 110
distance
Laser spectrum
nm - ≤1 <1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1
width (-20 dB)
Laser spectrum
nm ≤4 - - - - -
width (RMS)

Side mode
dB - ≥ 30 ≥ 30 ≥ 30 ≥ 30 ≥ 30
suppression ratio

Mean launched
dBm -10 to -3 -5 to 0 -5 to 0 -2 to 3 -2 to 3 0 to 5
power

Accuracy of Tx
optical power dB ±1.5
indication
Extinction ratio dB 8.2 to 13 8.2 to 13 8.2 to 13 8.2 to 12 8.2 to 12 8.2 to 12
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant

Central
nm 1260 to 1360 1260 to 1360 1430 to 1580 1280 to 1335 1500 to 1580 1500 to 1580
wavelength

Minimum optical
return loss of the dB - 24 24 24 24 24
transmitter
Eye overshoot
- < 100% < 100% < 100% < 100% < 50% < 50%
(filter off)

Receiver
Rx sensitivity dBm ≤ -18 ≤ -18 ≤ -18 ≤ -27 ≤ -28 ≤ -31
Optical path
dB 1 1 1 1 2 2
penalty

Overload point dBm -3 0 0 -9 -9 -9


Receiver reflection
dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27
loss
Power for LOS
dBm -30 -30 -30 -38 -38 -38
assert (LOSA)

Power for LOS


dBm -22 -22 -22 -30 -31 -32
deassert (LOSD)

Accuracy of Rx ±2.0 dB (-6 ±2.0 dB (-3 ±2.0 dB (-3 ±2.0 dB (-12 ±2.0 dB (-12 ±2.0 dB (-12
optical power - dBm to -15 dBm to -15 dBm to -15 dBm to -24 dBm to -25 dBm to -27
indication dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm)

Version: 01 259
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-4 Specifications of the 2.5G TDM SFP Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


±3.0 dB (> -6 ±3.0 dB (> -3 ±3.0 dB (> -3 ±3.0 dB (> ±3.0 dB (> ±3.0 dB (>
dBm; < -15 dBm; < -15 dBm; < -15 -12 dBm; < -12 dBm; < -12 dBm; <
dBm) dBm) dBm) -24 dBm) -25 dBm) -27 dBm)

Module power
W 1
consumption

Operating
ºC 0 to 70
temperature

Specifications of the 10G TDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module

Table 7-5 Specifications of the 10G TDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
S-64.2b/
Optical 10GBASE- 10GBASE- SDH I64.1/ 10GBASE- 10GBASE- P1L1-2D2/
- P1S1-
port type LR/LW SR/SW P1I1-2D1 LR/LW ER/EW L-64.2
2D2b
Transmis-
sion km 10 0.3 10 20 40 40 80
distance
Dispersion
ps/nm 33 - - - - 800 1600
tolerance
Operating 1.2288 to 9.953 to 8.5, 9.953 1.2288 to 9.953 to 9.953 to 9.953 to
Gb/s
rate 10.3125 11.09 to 11.3 11.3 10.3125 11.3 11.3
Maximum
Tx optical dBm 0.5 -1 -1 1.5 4 2 4
power

Minimum
Tx optical dBm -8.2 -7.3 -6 -3.5 -4.7 -1 0
power
Mean
launched
power per
dBm ≤ -30 ≤ -30 ≤ -30 ≤ -30 ≤ -30 ≤ -30 ≤ -30
channel at
laser
shutdown
Extinction
dB 3.5 to 6.5 3 to 6 >6 3.5 to 6.5 >3 > 8.2 >9
ratio

260 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-5 Specifications of the 10G TDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Eye
overshoot - ≤ 20% ≤ 20% ≤ 20% ≤ 20% NA NA NA
(filter off)

IEEE std IEEE std ITU-T IEEE std IEEE std ITU-T ITU-T
Eye pattern
- 802.3- 802.3- G.691- 802.3- 802.3- G.691- G.691-
mask
compliant compliant compliant compliant compliant compliant compliant

Central 1260 to 1290 to 1260 to 1530 to 1530 to 1530 to


nm 840 to 860
wavelength 1355 1330 1355 1565 1565 1565
Laser
spectrum
nm ≤1 ≤ 0.45 ≤1 ≤1 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
width (-20
dB)

Minimum
optical
return loss dB 12 12 12 12 21 21 21
of the
transmitter
Side mode
suppres- dB 30 - 30 30 30 30 30
sion ratio
Accuracy
of Tx
optical dB ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
power
indication
Accuracy
of Rx ±1.5 dB (-1 ±1.5 dB (-2 ±1.5 dB (-4 ±1.5 dB (-1 ±1.5 dB (-4 ±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB
optical - dBm to -11 dBm to -10 dBm to -11 dBm to -11 dBm to -14 (-4 dBm to (-10 dBm to
power dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) -14 dBm) -20 dBm)
indication
Rx ≤ -11.1
dBm ≤ -14.4 ≤ -14 ≤ -14.4 ≤ -15.8 ≤ -17 ≤ -24
sensitivity (OMA)

Overload
dBm 0.5 -1 -1 0.5 -1 -1 -7
point

Optical
path dB 3.2 3.9 1 3.2 2 2 3
penalty

Version: 01 261
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-5 Specifications of the 10G TDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Receiver
reflection dB -12 -12 -14 -12 -26 -27 -27
loss
Power for
LOS assert dBm -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -37
(LOSA)

Power for
LOS
dBm -16 -12 -15 -16 -16 -18 -25
deassert
(LOSD)

Hysteresis
- > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5
zone
Output
- NA NA 0.3 NA NA 0.3 0.3
jitter B1
Output
- NA NA 0.1 NA NA 0.1 0.1
jitter B2

Compliant Compliant Compliant


with the with the with the
Jitter
- NA NA ITU-T NA NA ITU-T ITU-T
tolerance
G.825-2M G.825-2M G.825-2M
mask mask mask
Power
XFP: 3.5 XFP: 3.5 XFP: 3.5
consump- W 1 1 1.5 1
SFP+: 1.5 SFP+: 2 SFP+: 2
tion

Specifications of the 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+ Optical Module

Table 7-6 Specifications of the 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+ Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Optical module type - VSR2000-3R1 VSR2000-3R2
Transmission distance km 2 2
Transmitter
Wavelength range nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565
Tx power range dBm 0 to 3 0 to 3
Maximum laser spectrum width (-20 dB) nm 1 -
Eye pattern mask - ITU-T G.693
Receiver

262 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-6 Specifications of the 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Rx sensitivity dBm -5 -6
Overload optical power dBm 3 3
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27

100G LR4 Optical Module

Table 7-7 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G LR4 Optical Module

Specification
Item Unit
Min. Typ. Max.
Transmitter
Single-channel data rate Gbit/s 25.78
Multi-channel data rate Gbit/s 103.13
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -100 - 100
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 1295.56 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 1300.05 1301.09
Central wavelength
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 1304.58 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 1309.14 1310.19
Side mode suppression ratio dB 30 - -
Mean launched power per channel dBm -4.3 - 4.5
Tx optical power reporting accuracyNote 1 of a
dB -2 - 2
single channel

Mean total Tx optical power dBm - - 10.5


Tx optical modulation amplitude (OMA) dB - - 5
Output power at laser OFF dBm - - -30
Note 2
Eye pattern mask - Compliant with IEEE 802.3ba

Extinction ratio dB 4 - -
Receiver
Single-channel data rate Gbit/s 25.78
Multi-channel data rate Gbit/s 103.13
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -100 - 100
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 1295.56 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 1300.05 1301.09
Central wavelength
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 1304.58 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 1309.14 1310.19

Version: 01 263
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-7 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G LR4 Optical Module (Continued)

Specification
Item Unit
Min. Typ. Max.
Rx optical power of a single channel (mean
dBm - - 4.5
optical power and OMA)

Rx optical power reporting accuracyNote 1 of a


dB -2 - 2
single channel

Rx optical modulation amplitude (OMA) dB - - 5.5


Receiver sensitivity (OMA)Note 3 of a single
dBm - - -8.6
channel
Impaired input optical power of the receiver
dBm 5.5 - -
(single channel)

LOS hysteresis zone dB 0.5 - -


Receiver reflectance dB - - -26
Optical module specifications
Operating temperature ºC 0 - 70
Power consumption (CFP) W - - 24
Power consumption (CFP2) W - - 12
Power consumption (SFP28) W - - 3.5
Note 1: At normal temperature, this parameter should be smaller than 1 dB; at total air temperature, it should be better than ±2
dB.
Note 2: Hit ratio = 5 × 10-5 hits/sample
Note 3: NRZ, BER = 1 × 10-12, ER = 4 dB

Table 7-8 Optical Port Specifications of the OTU4 Module

Specification
Item Unit
4I1-9D1FNote 1
Transmitter
Single-channel data rate Gbit/s 27.95249
Multi-channel data rate Gbit/s 111.8099736
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -20 to 20
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Central wavelength
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Min. side mode suppression ratio dB 30
Min. mean launched power per channel dBm -0.6 -2.5
Max. mean launched power per channel dB 4 2.9

264 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-8 Optical Port Specifications of the OTU4 Module (Continued)

Specification
Item Unit
4I1-9D1FNote 1
Max. mean launched power dBm 10 8.9
Tx optical modulation amplitude dB 5
Tx optical power reporting accuracyNote 2 of a
- ±2
single channel

Max. output power at laser OFF dBm -30


Note 3
Eye pattern mask - ITU-T G.959.1-compliant

Max. extinction ratio dB 6.5 -


Min. extinction ratio dB 4 7
Receiver
Single-channel data rate Gbit/s 27.95249
Multi-channel data rate Gbit/s 111.8099736
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -20 to 20
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Central wavelength
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Max. mean Rx optical power per channel dBm 4 2.9
Rx optical power reporting accuracyNote 2 of a
dB ±2
single channel

Max. total input optical power dBm 10 8.9


Rx optical modulation amplitude dB 5.5
Max. optical path penalty dB 1.5
Note 4
Max. receiver sensitivity dBm -8.4 -10.3
Receiver reflectance dB -26
LOS hysteresis zone dB > 0.5
Optical module specifications
Operating temperature ºC 0 to 70
Power consumption (CFP) W 24
Power consumption (CFP2) W 12

Version: 01 265
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-8 Optical Port Specifications of the OTU4 Module (Continued)

Specification
Item Unit
4I1-9D1FNote 1
Power consumption (SFP28) W 3.5
Note 1: Two types of transmitters are available for the 4I1-9D1F module (their specifications are displayed in two columns
respectively in the table).
Note 2: At normal temperature, this parameter should be smaller than 1 dB; at total air temperature, it should be better than ±2
dB.
Note 3: Hit ratio = 5 × 10-5 hits/sample
Note 4: NRZ, BER = 1 × 10-4

Specifications of the 100G ER4 Optical Module

Table 7-9 Optical Interface Performance Specifications of the 100G ER4 Module

Specification
Item Unit
Min. Typ. Max.
Transmitter
Single-channel data rate (100GE) Gbit/s 25.78
Multi-channel data rate (100GE) Gbit/s 103.13
Normal frequency deviation range (100GE) ppm -100 - 100
Single-channel data rate (OTU4) Gbit/s 27.95
Multi-channel data rate (OTU4) Gbit/s 111.81
Normal frequency deviation range (OTU4) ppm -20 - 20
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 1295.56 1296.59
Central Lane 1 nm 1299.02 1300.05 1301.09
wavelength Lane 2 nm 1303.54 1304.58 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 1309.14 1310.19
Side mode suppression ratio dB 30 - -
Mean launched power per channel dBm -2.7 - 2.9
Note 1
Tx optical power reporting accuracy of a
dB -2 - 2
single channel

Mean total Tx optical power dBm - - 8.9


IEEE 802.3ba- and ITU-T G.959.1 (4L1-9C1F)-
Eye pattern mask -
compliant

Extinction ratio dB 8 - -
Receiver
Single-channel data rate (100GE) Gbit/s 25.78
Multi-channel data rate (100GE) Gbit/s 103.13

266 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-9 Optical Interface Performance Specifications of the 100G ER4 Module (Continued)

Specification
Item Unit
Min. Typ. Max.
Normal frequency deviation range (100GE) ppm -100 - 100
Single-channel data rate (OTU4) Gbit/s 27.95
Multi-channel data rate (OTU4) Gbit/s 111.81
Normal frequency deviation range (OTU4) ppm -20 - 20
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 1295.56 1296.59
Central Lane 1 nm 1299.02 1300.05 1301.09
wavelength Lane 2 nm 1303.54 1304.58 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 1309.14 1310.19
Rx optical power of a single channel (mean
dBm - - 4.5
optical power and OMA)

Rx optical power reporting accuracyNote 1 of a


dB -2 - 2
single channel

Receiver sensitivity (OMA) 100 GENote 2 per


dBm - - -21.4
lane
Receiver sensitivity (OTU4)Note 3 per lane dBm - - -21.4
Receiver reflectance dB - - -26
Impaired input optical power of the receiver
dBm 5.5 - -
(single channel)

Optical module specifications


Optical path penalty dB - - 2.5
Operating temperature ºC 0 - 70
Power consumption (CFP) W - - 24
Power consumption (CFP2) W - - 12
Note 1: At normal temperature, this parameter should be smaller than 1 dB; at total air temperature, it should be better than ±2
dB.
Note 2: NRZ, BER = 1 × 10-12, ER = 8 dB
Note 3: NRZ, BER = 1 × 10-4

Specifications of the 4G FC Optical Module

Table 7-10 Specifications of the 4G FC Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Line code format - NRZ
Transmission distance 10 km
Transmitter at reference point S

Version: 01 267
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-10 Specifications of the 4G FC Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Operating wavelength range nm 1260 to 1355
Max. mean launched power dBm 0.5
Min. mean launched power dBm -8.2
Eye pattern mask IEEE 802.3ae-compliant

Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - PIN


Operating wavelength range nm 1260 to 1355
Rx sensitivity dBm -14.4
Min. overload dBm 0.5
Max. reflectance dB -12

Specifications of the 16G FC Optical Module

Table 7-11 Specifications of the 16G FC Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Multi-mode laser
Operating rate Gbit/s 4.25 to 14.025
Central wavelength nm 840 to 860
Laser spectrum width (RMS) nm ≤ 0.59
Mean launched power dBm ≥ -7.8
Accuracy of Tx optical power indication dB -2 to 2
Eye pattern mask FC-PI-5
Extinction ratio dB 3
Overload point dBm ≤0
Accuracy of Rx optical power indication dB -2 to 2
Rx sensitivity dBm ≤ -10.5
Receiver reflection loss dB -12
Operating temperature ºC 0 to 70
Single-mode laser

Operating rate Gbit/s 4.25 to 14.025


Central wavelength nm 1295 to 1325
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤1
Mean launched power dBm -5 to 2
Accuracy of Tx optical power indication dB -2 to 2

268 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-11 Specifications of the 16G FC Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Overload point dBm ≤2
Accuracy of Rx optical power indication dB -2 to 2
Rx sensitivity dBm ≤ -12
Receiver reflection loss dB -12
Operating temperature ºC 0 to 70

200G QSFP-DD

Table 7-12 Specifications of the 200G QSFP-DD Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Central wavelength
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Mean total Tx optical power dBm ≤ 11.3
Mean launched power per channel dBm -3.4 to 5.3
Extinction ratio dB ≥ 3.5
Min. side mode suppression ratio dB 30
Mean launched power per channel at laser shutdown dBm ≤ -30
Optical return loss tolerance dB ≤ 15.6
Max. reflectance dB -26
Receiver
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Central wavelength
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Mean Rx optical power per channel dBm -9.7 to 5.3
Rx optical modulation amplitude (OMA) dB ≤ 4.2
Min. overload dBm 6.3
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) of a single channel dBm ≤ -7.2
Max. reflectance of a receiver dB -26

Version: 01 269
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

400G QSFP-DD LR8

Table 7-13 Specifications of the 400G QSFP-DD LR8 Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
Line code format - PAM4
Lane 0 nm 1272.55 to 1274.54
Lane 1 nm 1276.89 to 1278.89
Lane 2 nm 1281.25 to 1283.27
Lane 3 nm 1285.65 to 1287.68
Central wavelength
Lane 4 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 5 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Lane 6 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 7 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Mean total Tx optical power dBm ≤ 13.2
Mean launched power per channel dBm -2.8 to 5.3
Tx optical modulation amplitude (OMA) dB ≤4
Extinction ratio dB ≥ 3.5
Min. side mode suppression ratio dB 30
Mean launched power per channel at laser shutdown dBm ≤ -30
Optical return loss tolerance dB ≤ 15.1
Max. reflectance dB -26
Receiver
Line code format - PAM4
Lane 0 nm 1272.55 to 1274.54
Lane 1 nm 1276.89 to 1278.89
Lane 2 nm 1281.25 to 1283.27
Lane 3 nm 1285.65 to 1287.68
Central wavelength
Lane 4 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 5 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Lane 6 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 7 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Mean Rx optical power per channel dBm -9.1 to 5.3
Rx power of a single channel (OMA) dBm ≤ 5.7
Rx optical modulation amplitude (OMA) dB ≤ 4.5
Min. overload dBm 6.3
Receiver sensitivity (OMA) of a single channel dBm ≤ -7.1
Max. reflectance of a receiver dB -26

270 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

200G CFP2-DCO

Table 7-14 Specifications of the 200G CFP2-DCO (Straight Fiber Port) Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Line code format - 200G QPSK 200G 16QAMps 400G 16QAM


Transmitter
OSNR limit dB 15 16.5 24
CD tolerance ps/nm 40 000 40 000 15 000
Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.05 191.3 to 196.05 191.3 to 196.05
Mean launched power dBm -2.5 -2.5 -2.5
Central frequency deviation GHz ±2.5 ±2.5 ±2.5
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm 0.4 0.4 0.4
Maximum -20 dB spectral width nm 1 1 1
Receiver
Rx sensitivity dBm -18 -18 -18
Power consumption W 24 20 26.5
Min. overload dBm 0 0 0
Max. reflectance dB -27 -27 -27

100G QSFP28 ER4

Table 7-15 Specifications of the 100G QSFP28 ER4 Optical Module (100GBASE-ER4)

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
Single wavelength data rate Gbit/s 25.78125
Multiplexed wavelength data rate Gbit/s 103.125
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -100 to 100
Central wavelength
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Min. side mode suppression ratio dB 30
Mean launched power per channel dBm -2.9 to 2.9
Tx optical power reporting accuracyNote 1 of a single
dB -2 to 2
channel
Mean total Tx optical power dBm ≤ 8.9

Version: 01 271
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-15 Specifications of the 100G QSFP28 ER4 Optical Module (100GBASE-ER4) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Inter-channel power difference (mean optical power and
dB 0 to 3.6
OMA)

Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) of a single channel dBm 0.1 to 4.5


Transmitter dispersion penalty of a single channel dB ≤ 2.5
Output power at laser OFF dBm ≤ -30
Note 2
Eye pattern mask - IEEE Std 802.3-2018
Extinction ratio dB ≥8
Eye pattern mask margin % ≥5
Receiver
Single wavelength data rate Gbit/s 25.78125
Multiplexed wavelength data rate Gbit/s 103.125
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -100 to 100
Central wavelength
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Mean Rx optical power per channel dBm -20.9 to 4.5
Rx optical power reporting accuracy of a single channel dB -2 to 2
Note 3
Rx sensitivity (OMA) of a single channel dBm ≤ -21.4
Impaired input optical power of the receiver (single
dBm ≥ 5.5
channel)

LOS hysteresis zone dB ≥ 0.5


Reflectance of the receiver dB ≤ -26
Power consumption W ≤ 5.5
Note 1: Better than ±3 dB across the entire temperature range
Note 2: Hit ratio = 5×10-5 hits/sample
Note 3: NRZ, BER = E-12

Table 7-16 Specifications of the 100G QSFP28 ER4 Optical Module (OTU4 Optical Port)

Item Unit Specification


Transmitter
Single wavelength data rate Gbit/s 27.95249
Multiplexed wavelength data rate Gbit/s 111.8099736
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -20 to 20

272 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-16 Specifications of the 100G QSFP28 ER4 Optical Module (OTU4 Optical Port) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Central wavelength
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Min. side mode suppression ratio dB 30
Min. mean launched power per channel dBm -2.7
Max. mean launched power per channel dBm 2.9
Tx optical power reporting accuracyNote 1 of a single
dB -2 to 2
channel
Max. mean total Tx optical power dBm 8.9
Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) dB 3.6
Max. output power at laser OFF dBm -30
Eye pattern maskNote 2 - G959.1 4L1-9C1F compliant

Min. extinction ratio dB 8


Eye pattern mask margin % 5
Receiver
Single wavelength data rate Gbit/s 27.95249
Multiplexed wavelength data rate Gbit/s 111.8099736
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -20 to 20
Central wavelength
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Max. mean Rx optical power per channel dBm 4.5
Min. mean Rx optical power per channel dBm -20.7
Rx optical power reporting accuracyNote 1 per channel dB -2 to 2
Max. total input optical power dBm 10.5
Inter-channel power difference (mean optical power and
dB 4.5
OMA)

Max. optical path penalty dB 1.5


Max. Rx sensitivityNote 3 dBm -23.2
LOS hysteresis zone dB ≥ 0.5
Max. reflectance of the receiver dB -26

Version: 01 273
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-16 Specifications of the 100G QSFP28 ER4 Optical Module (OTU4 Optical Port) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Max. power consumption W 5.5
Note 1: Better than ±3 dB across the entire temperature range
Note 2: Hit ratio = 5×10-5 hits/sample
Note 3: NRZ, FEC BER = 5E-5

7.2 Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module


Specifications of the 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+ Optical Module

Table 7-17 Specifications of the 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+ Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Transmission signal rateNote 1 Gbit/s 9.953 to 11.3
Transmitter
Maximum laser spectrum width (-20 dB) nm 0.3
Minimum side mode suppression ratio dB 35
Mean launched power range dBm -2 to 4
Accuracy of transmitting power dB -1.5 to 1.5
Note 2 us ≤ 10
Laser shutdown time
Mean launched power at laser shutdown dBm ≤ -30
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1-compliant

Extinction ratio dB > 10


Note 3
Output wavelength nm 1529.16 to 1567.13
Channel spacing GHz 50
-0.02 to 0.02 (BOL)
Central wavelength shift nm
-0.04 to 0.04 (EOL)

Receiver
Optical receiver type - PIN
Receiving sensitivityNote 4 dBm ≤ -17
Minimum overload optical power dBm 0
Maximum reflectance of the receiver dB -27
Maximum optical path penalty dB 2
Accuracy of receiving power dB -1.5 to 1.5
Wavelength of received optical signals nm 1280 to 1610
Power for LOS assert dBm -22 to -20

274 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-17 Specifications of the 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Jitter parameter B1 UI ≤ 0.3
Jitter parameter B2 UI ≤ 0.1

Jitter tolerance - Compliant with ITU-T G.8251

OSNR limit dB ≤ 12
Modulation feature - Zero chirp

Maximum power consumption W 2.5 to 3.5


Operating temperature ℃ 0 to 70
Note 1: The optical module is required to work at a rate ranging from 9.953 Gbit/s to 11.3 Gbit/s. The test specifications are
based on 10.7 Gbit/s.
Note 2: Laser shutdown time is counted from the time point when the voltage of the laser shutdown pin reaches +2.4 V to the
time point when the laser's output optical power decreases to -30 dBm.
Note 3: Refer to ITU-T G.692-1998 and G.694.1 for the standard wavelength table.
Note 4: The maximum receiving sensitivity value is BOL.

Specifications of the 10G DWDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module

Table 7-18 Specifications of the 10G DWDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module

Item Unit Specification


Optical receiver typeNote 1 - PIN APD
Note 2
Transmission signal rate Gbit/s 9.953 to 11.3 1.2288 to 10.32
Transmitter
Maximum laser spectrum width (-20
nm 0.3 0.3
dB)

Minimum side mode suppression ratio dB 35 35


Mean launched power range dBm -2 to 3 1 to 4
Accuracy of transmitting power dB -1.5 to 1.5 -1.5 to 1.5
Mean launched power at laser
dBm ≤ -30 ≤ -38
shutdownNote 3
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1-compliant and GR-253-compliant
Eye pattern SNRNote 4 dB ≥ 12 ≥ 12

Extinction ratio dB ≥ 10 (filter off) ≥ 8.2 (filter on)

Output wavelengthNote 5 nm 1529.16 to 1567.13 1529.16 to 1567.13


Channel spacing GHz 50 / 100 50 / 100
Central wavelength shift (BOL) nm -0.03 to 0.03 -0.04 to 0.04
Note 6
Central wavelength shift (EOL) nm -0.04 to 0.04 -0.08 to 0.08

Version: 01 275
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-18 Specifications of the 10G DWDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Receiver
Receiving sensitivityNote 7 dBm ≤ -17 ≤ -25
Note 7
Minimum overload optical power dBm 0 -8
Maximum reflectance of the receiver dB -27 -27
Maximum optical path penalty dB 2 1
Note 8
Accuracy of receiving power dB -2 to 2 -2 to 2
Wavelength of received optical signals nm 1280 to 1610 1280 to 1610
Power for LOS assert dBm ≤ -28 ≤ -38
Power for LOS deassert dBm ≤ -18 ≤ -26
Jitter parameter B1 UI ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3
Jitter parameter B2Note 9 UI ≤ 0.1 ≤ 0.1

Jitter tolerance - ITU-T G.825 compliant

Maximum optical path penaltyNote 10 dB 2 1


Maximum OSNR penalty of the optical
dB 2 -
channel
Back-to-back OSNR limitNote 11 dB ≤ 12 -
Maximum power consumption W 2 to 6.7 2 to 6.7

276 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-18 Specifications of the 10G DWDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Operating temperature ℃ 0 to 70 -40 to 85
Note 1: For the optical module of a PIN receiver, the case temperature ranges from 0℃ to 70℃ (commercial grade); for the
optical module of an APD receiver, the case temperature ranges from -40℃ to 85℃ (industrial grade).
Note 2: The transmission signal rate ranges from 9.9532 Gbit/s to 11.318 Gbit/s for the optical module of a PIN receiver, and
1.2288 Gbit/s to 10.32 Gbit/s for the optical module of an APD receiver (generally used for CPRI). NRZ code, PRBS =
231-1. When the optical module of an APD receiver supports the CDR function, the CDR bypass function should be
provided and set to bypass by default.
Note 3: When Tx_DIS is active-high, the optical source is turned off. The Tx-side output power is tested under this condition.
Note 4: Test conditions: The bandwidth of the oscilloscope at an optical port is 12 GHz. For an Agilent86105A module used,
when the power input to the optical oscilloscope is larger than -3 dBm, the filter is turned off.
Note 5: Refer to ITU-T G.692-1998 and G.694.1 for the standard wavelength table.
Note 6: For the module without a wavelength locker, this parameter is allowed up to 0.08 nm. Generally, the tunable-
wavelength module is provided with a wavelength locker while the EA-type fixed-wavelength module is not.
Note 7: NRZ code, PRBS = 231-1. The extinction ratio of the received signal is larger than 9.0 dB (filter off); back-to-back test;
BOL.
Note 8: Test conditions: 2 dBm larger than the receiving sensitivity and 3 dBm smaller than the overload power.
Note 9: Compliant with ITU-T G.825. The jitter peak-to-peak amplitude is smaller than 0.3 UI in the range of 20 kHz to 80
MHz, and smaller than 0.1 UI in the range of 4 MHz to 80 MHz. The module of a PIN receiver must be provided with
a built-in CDR chip.
Note 10:For the module of a PIN receiver, when the BER is 1 × 10-12, and signals are transmitted over the G.652 or DCF optical
fiber line of 40 km long, the receiving sensitivity is degraded by no more than 2 dB compared with the back-to-back
receiving sensitivity. When the path penalty exceeds 2 dB, but the receiving sensitivity in the long fiber transmission is
no more than -17 dBm, the path penalty requirement is met. For the module of an APD receiver, when signals are
transmitted over the G.652 optical fiber line of 20 km long, the receiving sensitivity is degraded by no more than 1 dB
compared with the back-to-back receiving sensitivity. Or when the receiving sensitivity for the 20 km-long G.652 fiber
transmission is no more than -24 dBm, the path penalty requirement is met.
Note 11:No OSNR requirement is raised for the module of an APD receiver.

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA DWDM Module

Table 7-19 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification


Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.05


Maximum mean launched power dBm 0
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.5
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm 0.3

Version: 01 277
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-19 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA DWDM Module (Continued)

Parameter Unit Specification


Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm 0.4
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 35
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - PIN


Operating wavelength range nm 1529 to 1568
Receiving sensitivity dBm -16
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA (Dual-Slot) DWDM Module

Table 7-20 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA (Dual-Slot) DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification


Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.05


Maximum mean launched power dBm 0
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.5
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm 0.3
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm 0.4
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 35
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - PIN


Operating wavelength range nm 1529 to 1568
Receiving sensitivity dBm -16
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP DWDM Module

Table 7-21 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP DWDM Module

Item Unit Specification

Line code format - QPSK


Transmitter at reference point S

278 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-21 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP DWDM Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification


Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.1
Maximum mean launched power dBm 1
Minimum mean launched power dBm -15
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.8 GHZ
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm -
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm -
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 27
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - Coherent


Operating wavelength range nm 1528.773 to 1567.132
Receiving sensitivity dBm -18
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP2 DWDM Module

Table 7-22 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP2 DWDM Module

Item Unit Specifications

Line code format - 100G QPSK


Transmitter
OSNR limit dB 12.5
CD tolerance ps/nm 40000
Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.05
Mean launched power dBm -4 to -1
Central frequency deviation GHz ±2.5
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm 0.3
Maximum -20 dB spectral width nm 1
Receiver
Receiving sensitivity dBm -18
Power consumption W 24
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Version: 01 279
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G MSA DWDM Module

Table 7-23 Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G MSA DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification


Operating rate Gb/s ≤ 256
Side mode suppression ratio dB 24
Mean launched power dBm 0 to 3
Transmitting optical power fluctuation dB ±0.5
Frequency range THz 191.15 to 196.1
Channel spacing GHz 50
Central wavelength shift (EOL) GHz ±2.5
Wavelength switching time s < 60
Operating rate of the receiver Gb/s ≤ 256
Operating wavelength range nm 1528.773 to 1567.132
Channel spacing GHz 50
Receiving sensitivity dBm -18
Overload optical power dBm 0
Optical reflectance coefficient dB -30
Dispersion tolerance ns/nm 25
Differential group delay tolerance ps -12 to 12
OSNR tolerance of the receiver dB 17.5 to 18.5

Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2 DWDM Module

Table 7-24 Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2 DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification

Line code format - 8QAM, 16QAM


Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.15 to 196.10


Maximum mean launched power dBm 1
Minimum mean launched power dBm -15
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.8
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm -
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm -
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 27
Receiver at reference point R

280 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-24 Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2 DWDM Module (Continued)

Parameter Unit Specification


Receiver type - Coherent
Operating wavelength range nm 1528.773 to 1567.132
Receiving sensitivity dBm -22
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2-DCO Module

Table 7-25 Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2-DCO Module

Item Unit Specification

Line code format - QPSK 16QAM


Channel spacing GHz 75 50
191.3 to 196.05 (C band) 191.3 to 196.05 (C band)
Nominal central frequency THz 190.7 to 196.65 (extended C 190.7 to 196.65 (extended C
band) band)

Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.8 ±1.8


Minimum side mode suppression ratio dB 40 40
Accuracy of Tx optical power
dB -1 to 1 -1 to 1
indication
Tx optical power fluctuation dB -0.5 to 0.5 -0.5 to 0.5
Mean launched power dBm -15 to -8 -15 to -8
Tx OSNR dB/0.1 nm ≥ 45 ≥ 45
Minimum return loss of the receiver dB 20 20
Mean launched power at laser
dBm ≤ -40 ≤ -40
shutdown
CD tolerance ps/nm 40000 40000

Optical Interface Specifications of the 400G MSA DWDM Module

Table 7-26 Optical Interface Specifications of the 400G MSA DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification

Line code format - 16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM


Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.15 to 196.10


Maximum mean launched power dBm 3

Version: 01 281
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-26 Optical Interface Specifications of the 400G MSA DWDM Module (Continued)

Parameter Unit Specification


Minimum mean launched power dBm 0
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.5
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm -
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm -
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 35
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - -
Operating wavelength range nm 1528.773 to 1567.132
Receiving sensitivity dBm -18
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -24

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G to 600G MSA DWDM Modules

Table 7-27 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G to 600G MSA DWDM Modules

Parame-
Unit Value
ter
Line code 100G 200G 200G 400G 400G 400G 600G
Gb/s
format QPSK 8QAM 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal
191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to
central THz
196.10 196.10 196.10 196.10 196.10 196.10 196.10
frequency

Maximum
mean
dBm 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
launched
power

Minimum
mean
dBm -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10
launched
power

Central
frequency GHz ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
deviation
Receiver at reference point R

282 Version: 01
7 Optical Modules

Table 7-27 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G to 600G MSA DWDM Modules (Continued)

Parame-
Unit Value
ter
Receiving
dBm -20 -18 TBD -17 -15 TBD TBD
sensitivity

Minimum
dBm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
overload
Maximum
dB -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24
reflectance
OSNR dB 9.9 15.1 16.4 20.4 22.7 25.8 31.3

Version: 01 283

You might also like